gnus-3 293 KB

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950515253545556575859606162636465666768697071727374757677787980818283848586878889909192939495969798991001011021031041051061071081091101111121131141151161171181191201211221231241251261271281291301311321331341351361371381391401411421431441451461471481491501511521531541551561571581591601611621631641651661671681691701711721731741751761771781791801811821831841851861871881891901911921931941951961971981992002012022032042052062072082092102112122132142152162172182192202212222232242252262272282292302312322332342352362372382392402412422432442452462472482492502512522532542552562572582592602612622632642652662672682692702712722732742752762772782792802812822832842852862872882892902912922932942952962972982993003013023033043053063073083093103113123133143153163173183193203213223233243253263273283293303313323333343353363373383393403413423433443453463473483493503513523533543553563573583593603613623633643653663673683693703713723733743753763773783793803813823833843853863873883893903913923933943953963973983994004014024034044054064074084094104114124134144154164174184194204214224234244254264274284294304314324334344354364374384394404414424434444454464474484494504514524534544554564574584594604614624634644654664674684694704714724734744754764774784794804814824834844854864874884894904914924934944954964974984995005015025035045055065075085095105115125135145155165175185195205215225235245255265275285295305315325335345355365375385395405415425435445455465475485495505515525535545555565575585595605615625635645655665675685695705715725735745755765775785795805815825835845855865875885895905915925935945955965975985996006016026036046056066076086096106116126136146156166176186196206216226236246256266276286296306316326336346356366376386396406416426436446456466476486496506516526536546556566576586596606616626636646656666676686696706716726736746756766776786796806816826836846856866876886896906916926936946956966976986997007017027037047057067077087097107117127137147157167177187197207217227237247257267277287297307317327337347357367377387397407417427437447457467477487497507517527537547557567577587597607617627637647657667677687697707717727737747757767777787797807817827837847857867877887897907917927937947957967977987998008018028038048058068078088098108118128138148158168178188198208218228238248258268278288298308318328338348358368378388398408418428438448458468478488498508518528538548558568578588598608618628638648658668678688698708718728738748758768778788798808818828838848858868878888898908918928938948958968978988999009019029039049059069079089099109119129139149159169179189199209219229239249259269279289299309319329339349359369379389399409419429439449459469479489499509519529539549559569579589599609619629639649659669679689699709719729739749759769779789799809819829839849859869879889899909919929939949959969979989991000100110021003100410051006100710081009101010111012101310141015101610171018101910201021102210231024102510261027102810291030103110321033103410351036103710381039104010411042104310441045104610471048104910501051105210531054105510561057105810591060106110621063106410651066106710681069107010711072107310741075107610771078107910801081108210831084108510861087108810891090109110921093109410951096109710981099110011011102110311041105110611071108110911101111111211131114111511161117111811191120112111221123112411251126112711281129113011311132113311341135113611371138113911401141114211431144114511461147114811491150115111521153115411551156115711581159116011611162116311641165116611671168116911701171117211731174117511761177117811791180118111821183118411851186118711881189119011911192119311941195119611971198119912001201120212031204120512061207120812091210121112121213121412151216121712181219122012211222122312241225122612271228122912301231123212331234123512361237123812391240124112421243124412451246124712481249125012511252125312541255125612571258125912601261126212631264126512661267126812691270127112721273127412751276127712781279128012811282128312841285128612871288128912901291129212931294129512961297129812991300130113021303130413051306130713081309131013111312131313141315131613171318131913201321132213231324132513261327132813291330133113321333133413351336133713381339134013411342134313441345134613471348134913501351135213531354135513561357135813591360136113621363136413651366136713681369137013711372137313741375137613771378137913801381138213831384138513861387138813891390139113921393139413951396139713981399140014011402140314041405140614071408140914101411141214131414141514161417141814191420142114221423142414251426142714281429143014311432143314341435143614371438143914401441144214431444144514461447144814491450145114521453145414551456145714581459146014611462146314641465146614671468146914701471147214731474147514761477147814791480148114821483148414851486148714881489149014911492149314941495149614971498149915001501150215031504150515061507150815091510151115121513151415151516151715181519152015211522152315241525152615271528152915301531153215331534153515361537153815391540154115421543154415451546154715481549155015511552155315541555155615571558155915601561156215631564156515661567156815691570157115721573157415751576157715781579158015811582158315841585158615871588158915901591159215931594159515961597159815991600160116021603160416051606160716081609161016111612161316141615161616171618161916201621162216231624162516261627162816291630163116321633163416351636163716381639164016411642164316441645164616471648164916501651165216531654165516561657165816591660166116621663166416651666166716681669167016711672167316741675167616771678167916801681168216831684168516861687168816891690169116921693169416951696169716981699170017011702170317041705170617071708170917101711171217131714171517161717171817191720172117221723172417251726172717281729173017311732173317341735173617371738173917401741174217431744174517461747174817491750175117521753175417551756175717581759176017611762176317641765176617671768176917701771177217731774177517761777177817791780178117821783178417851786178717881789179017911792179317941795179617971798179918001801180218031804180518061807180818091810181118121813181418151816181718181819182018211822182318241825182618271828182918301831183218331834183518361837183818391840184118421843184418451846184718481849185018511852185318541855185618571858185918601861186218631864186518661867186818691870187118721873187418751876187718781879188018811882188318841885188618871888188918901891189218931894189518961897189818991900190119021903190419051906190719081909191019111912191319141915191619171918191919201921192219231924192519261927192819291930193119321933193419351936193719381939194019411942194319441945194619471948194919501951195219531954195519561957195819591960196119621963196419651966196719681969197019711972197319741975197619771978197919801981198219831984198519861987198819891990199119921993199419951996199719981999200020012002200320042005200620072008200920102011201220132014201520162017201820192020202120222023202420252026202720282029203020312032203320342035203620372038203920402041204220432044204520462047204820492050205120522053205420552056205720582059206020612062206320642065206620672068206920702071207220732074207520762077207820792080208120822083208420852086208720882089209020912092209320942095209620972098209921002101210221032104210521062107210821092110211121122113211421152116211721182119212021212122212321242125212621272128212921302131213221332134213521362137213821392140214121422143214421452146214721482149215021512152215321542155215621572158215921602161216221632164216521662167216821692170217121722173217421752176217721782179218021812182218321842185218621872188218921902191219221932194219521962197219821992200220122022203220422052206220722082209221022112212221322142215221622172218221922202221222222232224222522262227222822292230223122322233223422352236223722382239224022412242224322442245224622472248224922502251225222532254225522562257225822592260226122622263226422652266226722682269227022712272227322742275227622772278227922802281228222832284228522862287228822892290229122922293229422952296229722982299230023012302230323042305230623072308230923102311231223132314231523162317231823192320232123222323232423252326232723282329233023312332233323342335233623372338233923402341234223432344234523462347234823492350235123522353235423552356235723582359236023612362236323642365236623672368236923702371237223732374237523762377237823792380238123822383238423852386238723882389239023912392239323942395239623972398239924002401240224032404240524062407240824092410241124122413241424152416241724182419242024212422242324242425242624272428242924302431243224332434243524362437243824392440244124422443244424452446244724482449245024512452245324542455245624572458245924602461246224632464246524662467246824692470247124722473247424752476247724782479248024812482248324842485248624872488248924902491249224932494249524962497249824992500250125022503250425052506250725082509251025112512251325142515251625172518251925202521252225232524252525262527252825292530253125322533253425352536253725382539254025412542254325442545254625472548254925502551255225532554255525562557255825592560256125622563256425652566256725682569257025712572257325742575257625772578257925802581258225832584258525862587258825892590259125922593259425952596259725982599260026012602260326042605260626072608260926102611261226132614261526162617261826192620262126222623262426252626262726282629263026312632263326342635263626372638263926402641264226432644264526462647264826492650265126522653265426552656265726582659266026612662266326642665266626672668266926702671267226732674267526762677267826792680268126822683268426852686268726882689269026912692269326942695269626972698269927002701270227032704270527062707270827092710271127122713271427152716271727182719272027212722272327242725272627272728272927302731273227332734273527362737273827392740274127422743274427452746274727482749275027512752275327542755275627572758275927602761276227632764276527662767276827692770277127722773277427752776277727782779278027812782278327842785278627872788278927902791279227932794279527962797279827992800280128022803280428052806280728082809281028112812281328142815281628172818281928202821282228232824282528262827282828292830283128322833283428352836283728382839284028412842284328442845284628472848284928502851285228532854285528562857285828592860286128622863286428652866286728682869287028712872287328742875287628772878287928802881288228832884288528862887288828892890289128922893289428952896289728982899290029012902290329042905290629072908290929102911291229132914291529162917291829192920292129222923292429252926292729282929293029312932293329342935293629372938293929402941294229432944294529462947294829492950295129522953295429552956295729582959296029612962296329642965296629672968296929702971297229732974297529762977297829792980298129822983298429852986298729882989299029912992299329942995299629972998299930003001300230033004300530063007300830093010301130123013301430153016301730183019302030213022302330243025302630273028302930303031303230333034303530363037303830393040304130423043304430453046304730483049305030513052305330543055305630573058305930603061306230633064306530663067306830693070307130723073307430753076307730783079308030813082308330843085308630873088308930903091309230933094309530963097309830993100310131023103310431053106310731083109311031113112311331143115311631173118311931203121312231233124312531263127312831293130313131323133313431353136313731383139314031413142314331443145314631473148314931503151315231533154315531563157315831593160316131623163316431653166316731683169317031713172317331743175317631773178317931803181318231833184318531863187318831893190319131923193319431953196319731983199320032013202320332043205320632073208320932103211321232133214321532163217321832193220322132223223322432253226322732283229323032313232323332343235323632373238323932403241324232433244324532463247324832493250325132523253325432553256325732583259326032613262326332643265326632673268326932703271327232733274327532763277327832793280328132823283328432853286328732883289329032913292329332943295329632973298329933003301330233033304330533063307330833093310331133123313331433153316331733183319332033213322332333243325332633273328332933303331333233333334333533363337333833393340334133423343334433453346334733483349335033513352335333543355335633573358335933603361336233633364336533663367336833693370337133723373337433753376337733783379338033813382338333843385338633873388338933903391339233933394339533963397339833993400340134023403340434053406340734083409341034113412341334143415341634173418341934203421342234233424342534263427342834293430343134323433343434353436343734383439344034413442344334443445344634473448344934503451345234533454345534563457345834593460346134623463346434653466346734683469347034713472347334743475347634773478347934803481348234833484348534863487348834893490349134923493349434953496349734983499350035013502350335043505350635073508350935103511351235133514351535163517351835193520352135223523352435253526352735283529353035313532353335343535353635373538353935403541354235433544354535463547354835493550355135523553355435553556355735583559356035613562356335643565356635673568356935703571357235733574357535763577357835793580358135823583358435853586358735883589359035913592359335943595359635973598359936003601360236033604360536063607360836093610361136123613361436153616361736183619362036213622362336243625362636273628362936303631363236333634363536363637363836393640364136423643364436453646364736483649365036513652365336543655365636573658365936603661366236633664366536663667366836693670367136723673367436753676367736783679368036813682368336843685368636873688368936903691369236933694369536963697369836993700370137023703370437053706370737083709371037113712371337143715371637173718371937203721372237233724372537263727372837293730373137323733373437353736373737383739374037413742374337443745374637473748374937503751375237533754375537563757375837593760376137623763376437653766376737683769377037713772377337743775377637773778377937803781378237833784378537863787378837893790379137923793379437953796379737983799380038013802380338043805380638073808380938103811381238133814381538163817381838193820382138223823382438253826382738283829383038313832383338343835383638373838383938403841384238433844384538463847384838493850385138523853385438553856385738583859386038613862386338643865386638673868386938703871387238733874387538763877387838793880388138823883388438853886388738883889389038913892389338943895389638973898389939003901390239033904390539063907390839093910391139123913391439153916391739183919392039213922392339243925392639273928392939303931393239333934393539363937393839393940394139423943394439453946394739483949395039513952395339543955395639573958395939603961396239633964396539663967396839693970397139723973397439753976397739783979398039813982398339843985398639873988398939903991399239933994399539963997399839994000400140024003400440054006400740084009401040114012401340144015401640174018401940204021402240234024402540264027402840294030403140324033403440354036403740384039404040414042404340444045404640474048404940504051405240534054405540564057405840594060406140624063406440654066406740684069407040714072407340744075407640774078407940804081408240834084408540864087408840894090409140924093409440954096409740984099410041014102410341044105410641074108410941104111411241134114411541164117411841194120412141224123412441254126412741284129413041314132413341344135413641374138413941404141414241434144414541464147414841494150415141524153415441554156415741584159416041614162416341644165416641674168416941704171417241734174417541764177417841794180418141824183418441854186418741884189419041914192419341944195419641974198419942004201420242034204420542064207420842094210421142124213421442154216421742184219422042214222422342244225422642274228422942304231423242334234423542364237423842394240424142424243424442454246424742484249425042514252425342544255425642574258425942604261426242634264426542664267426842694270427142724273427442754276427742784279428042814282428342844285428642874288428942904291429242934294429542964297429842994300430143024303430443054306430743084309431043114312431343144315431643174318431943204321432243234324432543264327432843294330433143324333433443354336433743384339434043414342434343444345434643474348434943504351435243534354435543564357435843594360436143624363436443654366436743684369437043714372437343744375437643774378437943804381438243834384438543864387438843894390439143924393439443954396439743984399440044014402440344044405440644074408440944104411441244134414441544164417441844194420442144224423442444254426442744284429443044314432443344344435443644374438443944404441444244434444444544464447444844494450445144524453445444554456445744584459446044614462446344644465446644674468446944704471447244734474447544764477447844794480448144824483448444854486448744884489449044914492449344944495449644974498449945004501450245034504450545064507450845094510451145124513451445154516451745184519452045214522452345244525452645274528452945304531453245334534453545364537453845394540454145424543454445454546454745484549455045514552455345544555455645574558455945604561456245634564456545664567456845694570457145724573457445754576457745784579458045814582458345844585458645874588458945904591459245934594459545964597459845994600460146024603460446054606460746084609461046114612461346144615461646174618461946204621462246234624462546264627462846294630463146324633463446354636463746384639464046414642464346444645464646474648464946504651465246534654465546564657465846594660466146624663466446654666466746684669467046714672467346744675467646774678467946804681468246834684468546864687468846894690469146924693469446954696469746984699470047014702470347044705470647074708470947104711471247134714471547164717471847194720472147224723472447254726472747284729473047314732473347344735473647374738473947404741474247434744474547464747474847494750475147524753475447554756475747584759476047614762476347644765476647674768476947704771477247734774477547764777477847794780478147824783478447854786478747884789479047914792479347944795479647974798479948004801480248034804480548064807480848094810481148124813481448154816481748184819482048214822482348244825482648274828482948304831483248334834483548364837483848394840484148424843484448454846484748484849485048514852485348544855485648574858485948604861486248634864486548664867486848694870487148724873487448754876487748784879488048814882488348844885488648874888488948904891489248934894489548964897489848994900490149024903490449054906490749084909491049114912491349144915491649174918491949204921492249234924492549264927492849294930493149324933493449354936493749384939494049414942494349444945494649474948494949504951495249534954495549564957495849594960496149624963496449654966496749684969497049714972497349744975497649774978497949804981498249834984498549864987498849894990499149924993499449954996499749984999500050015002500350045005500650075008500950105011501250135014501550165017501850195020502150225023502450255026502750285029503050315032503350345035503650375038503950405041504250435044504550465047504850495050505150525053505450555056505750585059506050615062506350645065506650675068506950705071507250735074507550765077507850795080508150825083508450855086508750885089509050915092509350945095509650975098509951005101510251035104510551065107510851095110511151125113511451155116511751185119512051215122512351245125512651275128512951305131513251335134513551365137513851395140514151425143514451455146514751485149515051515152515351545155515651575158515951605161516251635164516551665167516851695170517151725173517451755176517751785179518051815182518351845185518651875188518951905191519251935194519551965197519851995200520152025203520452055206520752085209521052115212521352145215521652175218521952205221522252235224522552265227522852295230523152325233523452355236523752385239524052415242524352445245524652475248524952505251525252535254525552565257525852595260526152625263526452655266526752685269527052715272527352745275527652775278527952805281528252835284528552865287528852895290529152925293529452955296529752985299530053015302530353045305530653075308530953105311531253135314531553165317531853195320532153225323532453255326532753285329533053315332533353345335533653375338533953405341534253435344534553465347534853495350535153525353535453555356535753585359536053615362536353645365536653675368536953705371537253735374537553765377537853795380538153825383538453855386538753885389539053915392539353945395539653975398539954005401540254035404540554065407540854095410541154125413541454155416541754185419542054215422542354245425542654275428542954305431543254335434543554365437543854395440544154425443544454455446544754485449545054515452545354545455545654575458545954605461546254635464546554665467546854695470547154725473547454755476547754785479548054815482548354845485548654875488548954905491549254935494549554965497549854995500550155025503550455055506550755085509551055115512551355145515551655175518551955205521552255235524552555265527552855295530553155325533553455355536553755385539554055415542554355445545554655475548554955505551555255535554555555565557555855595560556155625563556455655566556755685569557055715572557355745575557655775578557955805581558255835584558555865587558855895590559155925593559455955596559755985599560056015602560356045605560656075608560956105611561256135614561556165617561856195620562156225623562456255626562756285629563056315632563356345635563656375638563956405641564256435644564556465647564856495650565156525653565456555656565756585659566056615662566356645665566656675668566956705671567256735674567556765677567856795680568156825683568456855686568756885689569056915692569356945695569656975698569957005701570257035704570557065707570857095710571157125713571457155716571757185719572057215722572357245725572657275728572957305731573257335734573557365737573857395740574157425743574457455746574757485749575057515752575357545755575657575758575957605761576257635764576557665767576857695770577157725773577457755776577757785779578057815782578357845785578657875788578957905791579257935794579557965797579857995800580158025803580458055806580758085809581058115812581358145815581658175818581958205821582258235824582558265827582858295830583158325833583458355836583758385839584058415842584358445845584658475848584958505851585258535854585558565857585858595860586158625863586458655866586758685869587058715872587358745875587658775878587958805881588258835884588558865887588858895890589158925893589458955896589758985899590059015902590359045905590659075908590959105911591259135914591559165917591859195920592159225923592459255926592759285929593059315932593359345935593659375938593959405941594259435944594559465947594859495950595159525953595459555956595759585959596059615962596359645965596659675968596959705971597259735974597559765977597859795980598159825983598459855986598759885989599059915992599359945995599659975998599960006001600260036004600560066007600860096010601160126013601460156016601760186019602060216022602360246025602660276028602960306031603260336034603560366037603860396040604160426043604460456046604760486049605060516052605360546055605660576058605960606061606260636064606560666067606860696070607160726073607460756076607760786079608060816082608360846085608660876088608960906091609260936094609560966097609860996100610161026103610461056106610761086109611061116112611361146115611661176118611961206121612261236124612561266127612861296130613161326133613461356136613761386139614061416142614361446145614661476148614961506151615261536154615561566157615861596160616161626163616461656166616761686169617061716172617361746175617661776178617961806181618261836184618561866187618861896190619161926193619461956196619761986199620062016202620362046205620662076208620962106211621262136214621562166217621862196220622162226223622462256226622762286229623062316232623362346235623662376238623962406241624262436244624562466247624862496250625162526253625462556256625762586259626062616262626362646265626662676268626962706271627262736274627562766277627862796280628162826283628462856286628762886289629062916292629362946295629662976298629963006301630263036304630563066307630863096310631163126313631463156316631763186319632063216322632363246325632663276328632963306331633263336334633563366337633863396340634163426343634463456346634763486349635063516352635363546355635663576358635963606361636263636364636563666367636863696370637163726373637463756376637763786379638063816382638363846385638663876388638963906391639263936394639563966397639863996400640164026403640464056406640764086409641064116412641364146415641664176418641964206421642264236424642564266427642864296430643164326433643464356436643764386439644064416442644364446445644664476448644964506451645264536454645564566457645864596460646164626463646464656466646764686469647064716472647364746475647664776478647964806481648264836484648564866487648864896490649164926493649464956496649764986499650065016502650365046505650665076508650965106511651265136514651565166517651865196520652165226523652465256526652765286529653065316532653365346535653665376538653965406541654265436544654565466547654865496550655165526553655465556556655765586559656065616562656365646565656665676568656965706571657265736574657565766577657865796580658165826583658465856586658765886589659065916592659365946595659665976598659966006601660266036604660566066607660866096610661166126613661466156616661766186619662066216622662366246625662666276628662966306631663266336634663566366637663866396640664166426643664466456646664766486649665066516652665366546655665666576658665966606661666266636664666566666667666866696670667166726673667466756676667766786679668066816682668366846685668666876688668966906691669266936694669566966697669866996700670167026703670467056706670767086709671067116712671367146715671667176718671967206721672267236724672567266727672867296730673167326733673467356736673767386739674067416742674367446745674667476748674967506751675267536754675567566757675867596760676167626763676467656766676767686769677067716772677367746775677667776778677967806781678267836784678567866787678867896790679167926793679467956796679767986799680068016802680368046805680668076808680968106811681268136814681568166817681868196820682168226823682468256826682768286829683068316832683368346835683668376838683968406841684268436844684568466847684868496850685168526853685468556856685768586859686068616862686368646865686668676868686968706871687268736874687568766877687868796880688168826883688468856886688768886889689068916892689368946895689668976898689969006901690269036904690569066907690869096910691169126913691469156916691769186919692069216922692369246925692669276928692969306931693269336934693569366937693869396940694169426943694469456946694769486949695069516952695369546955695669576958695969606961696269636964696569666967696869696970697169726973697469756976697769786979698069816982698369846985698669876988698969906991699269936994699569966997699869997000700170027003700470057006700770087009701070117012701370147015701670177018701970207021702270237024702570267027702870297030703170327033703470357036703770387039704070417042704370447045704670477048704970507051705270537054705570567057705870597060706170627063706470657066706770687069707070717072707370747075707670777078707970807081708270837084708570867087708870897090709170927093709470957096709770987099710071017102710371047105710671077108710971107111711271137114711571167117711871197120712171227123712471257126712771287129713071317132713371347135713671377138713971407141714271437144714571467147714871497150715171527153715471557156715771587159716071617162716371647165716671677168716971707171717271737174717571767177717871797180718171827183718471857186718771887189719071917192719371947195719671977198719972007201720272037204720572067207720872097210721172127213721472157216721772187219722072217222722372247225722672277228722972307231723272337234723572367237723872397240724172427243724472457246724772487249725072517252725372547255725672577258725972607261726272637264726572667267726872697270727172727273727472757276727772787279728072817282728372847285728672877288728972907291729272937294729572967297729872997300730173027303
  1. This is ../../info/gnus, produced by makeinfo version 4.13 from
  2. gnus.texi.
  3. Copyright (C) 1995-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
  4. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
  5. document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License,
  6. Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software
  7. Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
  8. being "A GNU Manual", and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a)
  9. below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
  10. "GNU Free Documentation License".
  11. (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: "You have the freedom to copy and
  12. modify this GNU manual. Buying copies from the FSF supports it in
  13. developing GNU and promoting software freedom."
  14. INFO-DIR-SECTION Emacs network features
  15. START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
  16. * Gnus: (gnus). The newsreader Gnus.
  17. END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
  18. 
  19. File: gnus, Node: Agent Commands, Next: Agent Visuals, Prev: Agent Categories, Up: Gnus Unplugged
  20. 6.9.3 Agent Commands
  21. --------------------
  22. All the Gnus Agent commands are on the `J' submap. The `J j'
  23. (`gnus-agent-toggle-plugged') command works in all modes, and toggles
  24. the plugged/unplugged state of the Gnus Agent.
  25. * Menu:
  26. * Group Agent Commands:: Configure groups and fetch their contents.
  27. * Summary Agent Commands:: Manually select then fetch specific articles.
  28. * Server Agent Commands:: Select the servers that are supported by the agent.
  29. 
  30. File: gnus, Node: Group Agent Commands, Next: Summary Agent Commands, Up: Agent Commands
  31. 6.9.3.1 Group Agent Commands
  32. ............................
  33. `J u'
  34. Fetch all eligible articles in the current group
  35. (`gnus-agent-fetch-groups').
  36. `J c'
  37. Enter the Agent category buffer (`gnus-enter-category-buffer').
  38. `J s'
  39. Fetch all eligible articles in all groups
  40. (`gnus-agent-fetch-session').
  41. `J S'
  42. Send all sendable messages in the queue group
  43. (`gnus-group-send-queue'). *Note Drafts::.
  44. `J a'
  45. Add the current group to an Agent category
  46. (`gnus-agent-add-group'). This command understands the
  47. process/prefix convention (*note Process/Prefix::).
  48. `J r'
  49. Remove the current group from its category, if any
  50. (`gnus-agent-remove-group'). This command understands the
  51. process/prefix convention (*note Process/Prefix::).
  52. `J Y'
  53. Synchronize flags changed while unplugged with remote server, if
  54. any.
  55. 
  56. File: gnus, Node: Summary Agent Commands, Next: Server Agent Commands, Prev: Group Agent Commands, Up: Agent Commands
  57. 6.9.3.2 Summary Agent Commands
  58. ..............................
  59. `J #'
  60. Mark the article for downloading (`gnus-agent-mark-article').
  61. `J M-#'
  62. Remove the downloading mark from the article
  63. (`gnus-agent-unmark-article').
  64. `@'
  65. Toggle whether to download the article (`gnus-agent-toggle-mark').
  66. The download mark is `%' by default.
  67. `J c'
  68. Mark all articles as read (`gnus-agent-catchup') that are neither
  69. cached, downloaded, nor downloadable.
  70. `J S'
  71. Download all eligible (*note Agent Categories::) articles in this
  72. group. (`gnus-agent-fetch-group').
  73. `J s'
  74. Download all processable articles in this group.
  75. (`gnus-agent-summary-fetch-series').
  76. `J u'
  77. Download all downloadable articles in the current group
  78. (`gnus-agent-summary-fetch-group').
  79. 
  80. File: gnus, Node: Server Agent Commands, Prev: Summary Agent Commands, Up: Agent Commands
  81. 6.9.3.3 Server Agent Commands
  82. .............................
  83. `J a'
  84. Add the current server to the list of servers covered by the Gnus
  85. Agent (`gnus-agent-add-server').
  86. `J r'
  87. Remove the current server from the list of servers covered by the
  88. Gnus Agent (`gnus-agent-remove-server').
  89. 
  90. File: gnus, Node: Agent Visuals, Next: Agent as Cache, Prev: Agent Commands, Up: Gnus Unplugged
  91. 6.9.4 Agent Visuals
  92. -------------------
  93. If you open a summary while unplugged and, Gnus knows from the group's
  94. active range that there are more articles than the headers currently
  95. stored in the Agent, you may see some articles whose subject looks
  96. something like `[Undownloaded article #####]'. These are placeholders
  97. for the missing headers. Aside from setting a mark, there is not much
  98. that can be done with one of these placeholders. When Gnus finally
  99. gets a chance to fetch the group's headers, the placeholders will
  100. automatically be replaced by the actual headers. You can configure the
  101. summary buffer's maneuvering to skip over the placeholders if you care
  102. (See `gnus-auto-goto-ignores').
  103. While it may be obvious to all, the only headers and articles
  104. available while unplugged are those headers and articles that were
  105. fetched into the Agent while previously plugged. To put it another
  106. way, "If you forget to fetch something while plugged, you might have a
  107. less than satisfying unplugged session". For this reason, the Agent
  108. adds two visual effects to your summary buffer. These effects display
  109. the download status of each article so that you always know which
  110. articles will be available when unplugged.
  111. The first visual effect is the `%O' spec. If you customize
  112. `gnus-summary-line-format' to include this specifier, you will add a
  113. single character field that indicates an article's download status.
  114. Articles that have been fetched into either the Agent or the Cache,
  115. will display `gnus-downloaded-mark' (defaults to `+'). All other
  116. articles will display `gnus-undownloaded-mark' (defaults to `-'). If
  117. you open a group that has not been agentized, a space (` ') will be
  118. displayed.
  119. The second visual effect are the undownloaded faces. The faces,
  120. there are three indicating the article's score (low, normal, high),
  121. seem to result in a love/hate response from many Gnus users. The
  122. problem is that the face selection is controlled by a list of condition
  123. tests and face names (See `gnus-summary-highlight'). Each condition is
  124. tested in the order in which it appears in the list so early conditions
  125. have precedence over later conditions. All of this means that, if you
  126. tick an undownloaded article, the article will continue to be displayed
  127. in the undownloaded face rather than the ticked face.
  128. If you use the Agent as a cache (to avoid downloading the same
  129. article each time you visit it or to minimize your connection time), the
  130. undownloaded face will probably seem like a good idea. The reason
  131. being that you do all of our work (marking, reading, deleting) with
  132. downloaded articles so the normal faces always appear. For those users
  133. using the agent to improve online performance by caching the NOV
  134. database (most users since 5.10.2), the undownloaded faces may appear
  135. to be an absolutely horrible idea. The issue being that, since none of
  136. their articles have been fetched into the Agent, all of the normal
  137. faces will be obscured by the undownloaded faces.
  138. If you would like to use the undownloaded faces, you must enable the
  139. undownloaded faces by setting the `agent-enable-undownloaded-faces'
  140. group parameter to `t'. This parameter, like all other agent
  141. parameters, may be set on an Agent Category (*note Agent Categories::),
  142. a Group Topic (*note Topic Parameters::), or an individual group (*note
  143. Group Parameters::).
  144. The one problem common to all users using the agent is how quickly it
  145. can consume disk space. If you using the agent on many groups, it is
  146. even more difficult to effectively recover disk space. One solution is
  147. the `%F' format available in `gnus-group-line-format'. This format
  148. will display the actual disk space used by articles fetched into both
  149. the agent and cache. By knowing which groups use the most space, users
  150. know where to focus their efforts when "agent expiring" articles.
  151. 
  152. File: gnus, Node: Agent as Cache, Next: Agent Expiry, Prev: Agent Visuals, Up: Gnus Unplugged
  153. 6.9.5 Agent as Cache
  154. --------------------
  155. When Gnus is plugged, it is not efficient to download headers or
  156. articles from the server again, if they are already stored in the
  157. Agent. So, Gnus normally only downloads headers once, and stores them
  158. in the Agent. These headers are later used when generating the summary
  159. buffer, regardless of whether you are plugged or unplugged. Articles
  160. are not cached in the Agent by default though (that would potentially
  161. consume lots of disk space), but if you have already downloaded an
  162. article into the Agent, Gnus will not download the article from the
  163. server again but use the locally stored copy instead.
  164. If you so desire, you can configure the agent (see `gnus-agent-cache'
  165. *note Agent Variables::) to always download headers and articles while
  166. plugged. Gnus will almost certainly be slower, but it will be kept
  167. synchronized with the server. That last point probably won't make any
  168. sense if you are using a nntp or nnimap back end.
  169. 
  170. File: gnus, Node: Agent Expiry, Next: Agent Regeneration, Prev: Agent as Cache, Up: Gnus Unplugged
  171. 6.9.6 Agent Expiry
  172. ------------------
  173. The Agent back end, `nnagent', doesn't handle expiry. Well, at least
  174. it doesn't handle it like other back ends. Instead, there are special
  175. `gnus-agent-expire' and `gnus-agent-expire-group' commands that will
  176. expire all read articles that are older than `gnus-agent-expire-days'
  177. days. They can be run whenever you feel that you're running out of
  178. space. Neither are particularly fast or efficient, and it's not a
  179. particularly good idea to interrupt them (with `C-g' or anything else)
  180. once you've started one of them.
  181. Note that other functions might run `gnus-agent-expire' for you to
  182. keep the agent synchronized with the group.
  183. The agent parameter `agent-enable-expiration' may be used to prevent
  184. expiration in selected groups.
  185. If `gnus-agent-expire-all' is non-`nil', the agent expiration
  186. commands will expire all articles--unread, read, ticked and dormant.
  187. If `nil' (which is the default), only read articles are eligible for
  188. expiry, and unread, ticked and dormant articles will be kept
  189. indefinitely.
  190. If you find that some articles eligible for expiry are never expired,
  191. perhaps some Gnus Agent files are corrupted. There's are special
  192. commands, `gnus-agent-regenerate' and `gnus-agent-regenerate-group', to
  193. fix possible problems.
  194. 
  195. File: gnus, Node: Agent Regeneration, Next: Agent and flags, Prev: Agent Expiry, Up: Gnus Unplugged
  196. 6.9.7 Agent Regeneration
  197. ------------------------
  198. The local data structures used by `nnagent' may become corrupted due to
  199. certain exceptional conditions. When this happens, `nnagent'
  200. functionality may degrade or even fail. The solution to this problem
  201. is to repair the local data structures by removing all internal
  202. inconsistencies.
  203. For example, if your connection to your server is lost while
  204. downloaded articles into the agent, the local data structures will not
  205. know about articles successfully downloaded prior to the connection
  206. failure. Running `gnus-agent-regenerate' or
  207. `gnus-agent-regenerate-group' will update the data structures such that
  208. you don't need to download these articles a second time.
  209. The command `gnus-agent-regenerate' will perform
  210. `gnus-agent-regenerate-group' on every agentized group. While you can
  211. run `gnus-agent-regenerate' in any buffer, it is strongly recommended
  212. that you first close all summary buffers.
  213. The command `gnus-agent-regenerate-group' uses the local copies of
  214. individual articles to repair the local NOV(header) database. It then
  215. updates the internal data structures that document which articles are
  216. stored locally. An optional argument will mark articles in the agent
  217. as unread.
  218. 
  219. File: gnus, Node: Agent and flags, Next: Agent and IMAP, Prev: Agent Regeneration, Up: Gnus Unplugged
  220. 6.9.8 Agent and flags
  221. ---------------------
  222. The Agent works with any Gnus back end including those, such as nnimap,
  223. that store flags (read, ticked, etc) on the server. Sadly, the Agent
  224. does not actually know which backends keep their flags in the backend
  225. server rather than in `.newsrc'. This means that the Agent, while
  226. unplugged or disconnected, will always record all changes to the flags
  227. in its own files.
  228. When you plug back in, Gnus will then check to see if you have any
  229. changed any flags and ask if you wish to synchronize these with the
  230. server. This behavior is customizable by
  231. `gnus-agent-synchronize-flags'.
  232. If `gnus-agent-synchronize-flags' is `nil', the Agent will never
  233. automatically synchronize flags. If it is `ask', which is the default,
  234. the Agent will check if you made any changes and if so ask if you wish
  235. to synchronize these when you re-connect. If it has any other value,
  236. all flags will be synchronized automatically.
  237. If you do not wish to synchronize flags automatically when you
  238. re-connect, you can do it manually with the
  239. `gnus-agent-synchronize-flags' command that is bound to `J Y' in the
  240. group buffer.
  241. Technical note: the synchronization algorithm does not work by
  242. "pushing" all local flags to the server, but rather by incrementally
  243. updated the server view of flags by changing only those flags that were
  244. changed by the user. Thus, if you set one flag on an article, quit the
  245. group then re-select the group and remove the flag; the flag will be
  246. set and removed from the server when you "synchronize". The queued flag
  247. operations can be found in the per-server `flags' file in the Agent
  248. directory. It's emptied when you synchronize flags.
  249. 
  250. File: gnus, Node: Agent and IMAP, Next: Outgoing Messages, Prev: Agent and flags, Up: Gnus Unplugged
  251. 6.9.9 Agent and IMAP
  252. --------------------
  253. The Agent works with any Gnus back end, including nnimap. However,
  254. since there are some conceptual differences between NNTP and IMAP, this
  255. section (should) provide you with some information to make Gnus Agent
  256. work smoother as a IMAP Disconnected Mode client.
  257. Some things are currently not implemented in the Agent that you'd
  258. might expect from a disconnected IMAP client, including:
  259. * Copying/moving articles into nnimap groups when unplugged.
  260. * Creating/deleting nnimap groups when unplugged.
  261. 
  262. File: gnus, Node: Outgoing Messages, Next: Agent Variables, Prev: Agent and IMAP, Up: Gnus Unplugged
  263. 6.9.10 Outgoing Messages
  264. ------------------------
  265. By default, when Gnus is unplugged, all outgoing messages (both mail
  266. and news) are stored in the draft group "queue" (*note Drafts::). You
  267. can view them there after posting, and edit them at will.
  268. You can control the circumstances under which outgoing mail is queued
  269. (see `gnus-agent-queue-mail', *note Agent Variables::). Outgoing news
  270. is always queued when Gnus is unplugged, and never otherwise.
  271. You can send the messages either from the draft group with the
  272. special commands available there, or you can use the `J S' command in
  273. the group buffer to send all the sendable messages in the draft group.
  274. Posting news will only work when Gnus is plugged, but you can send mail
  275. at any time.
  276. If sending mail while unplugged does not work for you and you worry
  277. about hitting `J S' by accident when unplugged, you can have Gnus ask
  278. you to confirm your action (see `gnus-agent-prompt-send-queue', *note
  279. Agent Variables::).
  280. 
  281. File: gnus, Node: Agent Variables, Next: Example Setup, Prev: Outgoing Messages, Up: Gnus Unplugged
  282. 6.9.11 Agent Variables
  283. ----------------------
  284. `gnus-agent'
  285. Is the agent enabled? The default is `t'. When first enabled,
  286. the agent will use `gnus-agent-auto-agentize-methods' to
  287. automatically mark some back ends as agentized. You may change
  288. which back ends are agentized using the agent commands in the
  289. server buffer.
  290. To enter the server buffer, use the `^'
  291. (`gnus-group-enter-server-mode') command in the group buffer.
  292. `gnus-agent-directory'
  293. Where the Gnus Agent will store its files. The default is
  294. `~/News/agent/'.
  295. `gnus-agent-handle-level'
  296. Groups on levels (*note Group Levels::) higher than this variable
  297. will be ignored by the Agent. The default is
  298. `gnus-level-subscribed', which means that only subscribed group
  299. will be considered by the Agent by default.
  300. `gnus-agent-plugged-hook'
  301. Hook run when connecting to the network.
  302. `gnus-agent-unplugged-hook'
  303. Hook run when disconnecting from the network.
  304. `gnus-agent-fetched-hook'
  305. Hook run when finished fetching articles.
  306. `gnus-agent-cache'
  307. Variable to control whether use the locally stored NOV and
  308. articles when plugged, e.g. essentially using the Agent as a cache.
  309. The default is non-`nil', which means to use the Agent as a cache.
  310. `gnus-agent-go-online'
  311. If `gnus-agent-go-online' is `nil', the Agent will never
  312. automatically switch offline servers into online status. If it is
  313. `ask', the default, the Agent will ask if you wish to switch
  314. offline servers into online status when you re-connect. If it has
  315. any other value, all offline servers will be automatically
  316. switched into online status.
  317. `gnus-agent-mark-unread-after-downloaded'
  318. If `gnus-agent-mark-unread-after-downloaded' is non-`nil', mark
  319. articles as unread after downloading. This is usually a safe
  320. thing to do as the newly downloaded article has obviously not been
  321. read. The default is `t'.
  322. `gnus-agent-synchronize-flags'
  323. If `gnus-agent-synchronize-flags' is `nil', the Agent will never
  324. automatically synchronize flags. If it is `ask', which is the
  325. default, the Agent will check if you made any changes and if so
  326. ask if you wish to synchronize these when you re-connect. If it
  327. has any other value, all flags will be synchronized automatically.
  328. `gnus-agent-consider-all-articles'
  329. If `gnus-agent-consider-all-articles' is non-`nil', the agent will
  330. let the agent predicate decide whether articles need to be
  331. downloaded or not, for all articles. When `nil', the default, the
  332. agent will only let the predicate decide whether unread articles
  333. are downloaded or not. If you enable this, you may also want to
  334. look into the agent expiry settings (*note Category Variables::),
  335. so that the agent doesn't download articles which the agent will
  336. later expire, over and over again.
  337. `gnus-agent-max-fetch-size'
  338. The agent fetches articles into a temporary buffer prior to parsing
  339. them into individual files. To avoid exceeding the max. buffer
  340. size, the agent alternates between fetching and parsing until all
  341. articles have been fetched. `gnus-agent-max-fetch-size' provides
  342. a size limit to control how often the cycling occurs. A large
  343. value improves performance. A small value minimizes the time lost
  344. should the connection be lost while fetching (You may need to run
  345. `gnus-agent-regenerate-group' to update the group's state.
  346. However, all articles parsed prior to losing the connection will be
  347. available while unplugged). The default is 10M so it is unusual to
  348. see any cycling.
  349. `gnus-server-unopen-status'
  350. Perhaps not an Agent variable, but closely related to the Agent,
  351. this variable says what will happen if Gnus cannot open a server.
  352. If the Agent is enabled, the default, `nil', makes Gnus ask the
  353. user whether to deny the server or whether to unplug the agent.
  354. If the Agent is disabled, Gnus always simply deny the server.
  355. Other choices for this variable include `denied' and `offline' the
  356. latter is only valid if the Agent is used.
  357. `gnus-auto-goto-ignores'
  358. Another variable that isn't an Agent variable, yet so closely
  359. related that most will look for it here, this variable tells the
  360. summary buffer how to maneuver around undownloaded (only headers
  361. stored in the agent) and unfetched (neither article nor headers
  362. stored) articles.
  363. The valid values are `nil' (maneuver to any article),
  364. `undownloaded' (maneuvering while unplugged ignores articles that
  365. have not been fetched), `always-undownloaded' (maneuvering always
  366. ignores articles that have not been fetched), `unfetched'
  367. (maneuvering ignores articles whose headers have not been fetched).
  368. `gnus-agent-queue-mail'
  369. When `gnus-agent-queue-mail' is `always', Gnus will always queue
  370. mail rather than sending it straight away. When `t', Gnus will
  371. queue mail when unplugged only. When `nil', never queue mail.
  372. The default is `t'.
  373. `gnus-agent-prompt-send-queue'
  374. When `gnus-agent-prompt-send-queue' is non-`nil' Gnus will prompt
  375. you to confirm that you really wish to proceed if you hit `J S'
  376. while unplugged. The default is `nil'.
  377. `gnus-agent-auto-agentize-methods'
  378. If you have never used the Agent before (or more technically, if
  379. `~/News/agent/lib/servers' does not exist), Gnus will
  380. automatically agentize a few servers for you. This variable
  381. control which back ends should be auto-agentized. It is typically
  382. only useful to agentize remote back ends. The auto-agentizing has
  383. the same effect as running `J a' on the servers (*note Server
  384. Agent Commands::). If the file exist, you must manage the servers
  385. manually by adding or removing them, this variable is only
  386. applicable the first time you start Gnus. The default is `nil'.
  387. 
  388. File: gnus, Node: Example Setup, Next: Batching Agents, Prev: Agent Variables, Up: Gnus Unplugged
  389. 6.9.12 Example Setup
  390. --------------------
  391. If you don't want to read this manual, and you have a fairly standard
  392. setup, you may be able to use something like the following as your
  393. `~/.gnus.el' file to get started.
  394. ;; Define how Gnus is to fetch news. We do this over NNTP
  395. ;; from your ISP's server.
  396. (setq gnus-select-method '(nntp "news.your-isp.com"))
  397. ;; Define how Gnus is to read your mail. We read mail from
  398. ;; your ISP's POP server.
  399. (setq mail-sources '((pop :server "pop.your-isp.com")))
  400. ;; Say how Gnus is to store the mail. We use nnml groups.
  401. (setq gnus-secondary-select-methods '((nnml "")))
  402. ;; Make Gnus into an offline newsreader.
  403. ;; (gnus-agentize) ; The obsolete setting.
  404. ;; (setq gnus-agent t) ; Now the default.
  405. That should be it, basically. Put that in your `~/.gnus.el' file,
  406. edit to suit your needs, start up PPP (or whatever), and type `M-x
  407. gnus'.
  408. If this is the first time you've run Gnus, you will be subscribed
  409. automatically to a few default newsgroups. You'll probably want to
  410. subscribe to more groups, and to do that, you have to query the NNTP
  411. server for a complete list of groups with the `A A' command. This
  412. usually takes quite a while, but you only have to do it once.
  413. After reading and parsing a while, you'll be presented with a list of
  414. groups. Subscribe to the ones you want to read with the `u' command.
  415. `l' to make all the killed groups disappear after you've subscribe to
  416. all the groups you want to read. (`A k' will bring back all the killed
  417. groups.)
  418. You can now read the groups at once, or you can download the articles
  419. with the `J s' command. And then read the rest of this manual to find
  420. out which of the other gazillion things you want to customize.
  421. 
  422. File: gnus, Node: Batching Agents, Next: Agent Caveats, Prev: Example Setup, Up: Gnus Unplugged
  423. 6.9.13 Batching Agents
  424. ----------------------
  425. Having the Gnus Agent fetch articles (and post whatever messages you've
  426. written) is quite easy once you've gotten things set up properly. The
  427. following shell script will do everything that is necessary:
  428. You can run a complete batch command from the command line with the
  429. following incantation:
  430. #!/bin/sh
  431. emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l ~/.gnus.el -f gnus-agent-batch >/dev/null 2>&1
  432. 
  433. File: gnus, Node: Agent Caveats, Prev: Batching Agents, Up: Gnus Unplugged
  434. 6.9.14 Agent Caveats
  435. --------------------
  436. The Gnus Agent doesn't seem to work like most other offline
  437. newsreaders. Here are some common questions that some imaginary people
  438. may ask:
  439. "If I read an article while plugged, do they get entered into the Agent?"
  440. *No*. If you want this behavior, add
  441. `gnus-agent-fetch-selected-article' to `gnus-select-article-hook'.
  442. "If I read an article while plugged, and the article already exists in"
  443. the Agent, will it get downloaded once more?
  444. *No*, unless `gnus-agent-cache' is `nil'.
  445. In short, when Gnus is unplugged, it only looks into the locally
  446. stored articles; when it's plugged, it talks to your ISP and may also
  447. use the locally stored articles.
  448. 
  449. File: gnus, Node: Scoring, Next: Searching, Prev: Select Methods, Up: Top
  450. 7 Scoring
  451. *********
  452. Other people use "kill files", but we here at Gnus Towers like scoring
  453. better than killing, so we'd rather switch than fight. They do
  454. something completely different as well, so sit up straight and pay
  455. attention!
  456. All articles have a default score (`gnus-summary-default-score'),
  457. which is 0 by default. This score may be raised or lowered either
  458. interactively or by score files. Articles that have a score lower than
  459. `gnus-summary-mark-below' are marked as read.
  460. Gnus will read any "score files" that apply to the current group
  461. before generating the summary buffer.
  462. There are several commands in the summary buffer that insert score
  463. entries based on the current article. You can, for instance, ask Gnus
  464. to lower or increase the score of all articles with a certain subject.
  465. There are two sorts of scoring entries: Permanent and temporary.
  466. Temporary score entries are self-expiring entries. Any entries that are
  467. temporary and have not been used for, say, a week, will be removed
  468. silently to help keep the sizes of the score files down.
  469. * Menu:
  470. * Summary Score Commands:: Adding score entries for the current group.
  471. * Group Score Commands:: General score commands.
  472. * Score Variables:: Customize your scoring. (My, what terminology).
  473. * Score File Format:: What a score file may contain.
  474. * Score File Editing:: You can edit score files by hand as well.
  475. * Adaptive Scoring:: Big Sister Gnus knows what you read.
  476. * Home Score File:: How to say where new score entries are to go.
  477. * Followups To Yourself:: Having Gnus notice when people answer you.
  478. * Scoring On Other Headers:: Scoring on non-standard headers.
  479. * Scoring Tips:: How to score effectively.
  480. * Reverse Scoring:: That problem child of old is not problem.
  481. * Global Score Files:: Earth-spanning, ear-splitting score files.
  482. * Kill Files:: They are still here, but they can be ignored.
  483. * Converting Kill Files:: Translating kill files to score files.
  484. * Advanced Scoring:: Using logical expressions to build score rules.
  485. * Score Decays:: It can be useful to let scores wither away.
  486. 
  487. File: gnus, Node: Summary Score Commands, Next: Group Score Commands, Up: Scoring
  488. 7.1 Summary Score Commands
  489. ==========================
  490. The score commands that alter score entries do not actually modify real
  491. score files. That would be too inefficient. Gnus maintains a cache of
  492. previously loaded score files, one of which is considered the "current
  493. score file alist". The score commands simply insert entries into this
  494. list, and upon group exit, this list is saved.
  495. The current score file is by default the group's local score file,
  496. even if no such score file actually exists. To insert score commands
  497. into some other score file (e.g. `all.SCORE'), you must first make this
  498. score file the current one.
  499. General score commands that don't actually change the score file:
  500. `V s'
  501. Set the score of the current article (`gnus-summary-set-score').
  502. `V S'
  503. Display the score of the current article
  504. (`gnus-summary-current-score').
  505. `V t'
  506. Display all score rules that have been used on the current article
  507. (`gnus-score-find-trace'). In the `*Score Trace*' buffer, you may
  508. type `e' to edit score file corresponding to the score rule on
  509. current line and `f' to format (`gnus-score-pretty-print') the
  510. score file and edit it.
  511. `V w'
  512. List words used in scoring (`gnus-score-find-favourite-words').
  513. `V R'
  514. Run the current summary through the scoring process
  515. (`gnus-summary-rescore'). This might be useful if you're playing
  516. around with your score files behind Gnus' back and want to see the
  517. effect you're having.
  518. `V c'
  519. Make a different score file the current
  520. (`gnus-score-change-score-file').
  521. `V e'
  522. Edit the current score file (`gnus-score-edit-current-scores').
  523. You will be popped into a `gnus-score-mode' buffer (*note Score
  524. File Editing::).
  525. `V f'
  526. Edit a score file and make this score file the current one
  527. (`gnus-score-edit-file').
  528. `V F'
  529. Flush the score cache (`gnus-score-flush-cache'). This is useful
  530. after editing score files.
  531. `V C'
  532. Customize a score file in a visually pleasing manner
  533. (`gnus-score-customize').
  534. The rest of these commands modify the local score file.
  535. `V m'
  536. Prompt for a score, and mark all articles with a score below this
  537. as read (`gnus-score-set-mark-below').
  538. `V x'
  539. Prompt for a score, and add a score rule to the current score file
  540. to expunge all articles below this score
  541. (`gnus-score-set-expunge-below').
  542. The keystrokes for actually making score entries follow a very
  543. regular pattern, so there's no need to list all the commands.
  544. (Hundreds of them.)
  545. 1. The first key is either `I' (upper case i) for increasing the score
  546. or `L' for lowering the score.
  547. 2. The second key says what header you want to score on. The
  548. following keys are available:
  549. `a'
  550. Score on the author name.
  551. `s'
  552. Score on the subject line.
  553. `x'
  554. Score on the `Xref' line--i.e., the cross-posting line.
  555. `r'
  556. Score on the `References' line.
  557. `d'
  558. Score on the date.
  559. `l'
  560. Score on the number of lines.
  561. `i'
  562. Score on the `Message-ID' header.
  563. `e'
  564. Score on an "extra" header, that is, one of those in
  565. gnus-extra-headers, if your NNTP server tracks additional
  566. header data in overviews.
  567. `f'
  568. Score on followups--this matches the author name, and adds
  569. scores to the followups to this author. (Using this key
  570. leads to the creation of `ADAPT' files.)
  571. `b'
  572. Score on the body.
  573. `h'
  574. Score on the head.
  575. `t'
  576. Score on thread. (Using this key leads to the creation of
  577. `ADAPT' files.)
  578. 3. The third key is the match type. Which match types are valid
  579. depends on what headers you are scoring on.
  580. `strings'
  581. `e'
  582. Exact matching.
  583. `s'
  584. Substring matching.
  585. `f'
  586. Fuzzy matching (*note Fuzzy Matching::).
  587. `r'
  588. Regexp matching
  589. `date'
  590. `b'
  591. Before date.
  592. `a'
  593. After date.
  594. `n'
  595. This date.
  596. `number'
  597. `<'
  598. Less than number.
  599. `='
  600. Equal to number.
  601. `>'
  602. Greater than number.
  603. 4. The fourth and usually final key says whether this is a temporary
  604. (i.e., expiring) score entry, or a permanent (i.e., non-expiring)
  605. score entry, or whether it is to be done immediately, without
  606. adding to the score file.
  607. `t'
  608. Temporary score entry.
  609. `p'
  610. Permanent score entry.
  611. `i'
  612. Immediately scoring.
  613. 5. If you are scoring on `e' (extra) headers, you will then be
  614. prompted for the header name on which you wish to score. This
  615. must be a header named in gnus-extra-headers, and `TAB' completion
  616. is available.
  617. So, let's say you want to increase the score on the current author
  618. with exact matching permanently: `I a e p'. If you want to lower the
  619. score based on the subject line, using substring matching, and make a
  620. temporary score entry: `L s s t'. Pretty easy.
  621. To make things a bit more complicated, there are shortcuts. If you
  622. use a capital letter on either the second or third keys, Gnus will use
  623. defaults for the remaining one or two keystrokes. The defaults are
  624. "substring" and "temporary". So `I A' is the same as `I a s t', and `I
  625. a R' is the same as `I a r t'.
  626. These functions take both the numerical prefix and the symbolic
  627. prefix (*note Symbolic Prefixes::). A numerical prefix says how much
  628. to lower (or increase) the score of the article. A symbolic prefix of
  629. `a' says to use the `all.SCORE' file for the command instead of the
  630. current score file.
  631. The `gnus-score-mimic-keymap' says whether these commands will
  632. pretend they are keymaps or not.
  633. 
  634. File: gnus, Node: Group Score Commands, Next: Score Variables, Prev: Summary Score Commands, Up: Scoring
  635. 7.2 Group Score Commands
  636. ========================
  637. There aren't many of these as yet, I'm afraid.
  638. `W e'
  639. Edit the apply-to-all-groups all.SCORE file. You will be popped
  640. into a `gnus-score-mode' buffer (*note Score File Editing::).
  641. `W f'
  642. Gnus maintains a cache of score alists to avoid having to reload
  643. them all the time. This command will flush the cache
  644. (`gnus-score-flush-cache').
  645. You can do scoring from the command line by saying something like:
  646. $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l ~/.gnus.el -f gnus-batch-score
  647. 
  648. File: gnus, Node: Score Variables, Next: Score File Format, Prev: Group Score Commands, Up: Scoring
  649. 7.3 Score Variables
  650. ===================
  651. `gnus-use-scoring'
  652. If `nil', Gnus will not check for score files, and will not, in
  653. general, do any score-related work. This is `t' by default.
  654. `gnus-kill-killed'
  655. If this variable is `nil', Gnus will never apply score files to
  656. articles that have already been through the kill process. While
  657. this may save you lots of time, it also means that if you apply a
  658. kill file to a group, and then change the kill file and want to
  659. run it over you group again to kill more articles, it won't work.
  660. You have to set this variable to `t' to do that. (It is `t' by
  661. default.)
  662. `gnus-kill-files-directory'
  663. All kill and score files will be stored in this directory, which is
  664. initialized from the `SAVEDIR' environment variable by default.
  665. This is `~/News/' by default.
  666. `gnus-score-file-suffix'
  667. Suffix to add to the group name to arrive at the score file name
  668. (`SCORE' by default.)
  669. `gnus-score-uncacheable-files'
  670. All score files are normally cached to avoid excessive re-loading
  671. of score files. However, this might make your Emacs grow big and
  672. bloated, so this regexp can be used to weed out score files
  673. unlikely to be needed again. It would be a bad idea to deny
  674. caching of `all.SCORE', while it might be a good idea to not cache
  675. `comp.infosystems.www.authoring.misc.ADAPT'. In fact, this
  676. variable is `ADAPT$' by default, so no adaptive score files will
  677. be cached.
  678. `gnus-save-score'
  679. If you have really complicated score files, and do lots of batch
  680. scoring, then you might set this variable to `t'. This will make
  681. Gnus save the scores into the `.newsrc.eld' file.
  682. If you do not set this to `t', then manual scores (like those set
  683. with `V s' (`gnus-summary-set-score')) will not be preserved
  684. across group visits.
  685. `gnus-score-interactive-default-score'
  686. Score used by all the interactive raise/lower commands to
  687. raise/lower score with. Default is 1000, which may seem
  688. excessive, but this is to ensure that the adaptive scoring scheme
  689. gets enough room to play with. We don't want the small changes
  690. from the adaptive scoring to overwrite manually entered data.
  691. `gnus-summary-default-score'
  692. Default score of an article, which is 0 by default.
  693. `gnus-summary-expunge-below'
  694. Don't display the summary lines of articles that have scores lower
  695. than this variable. This is `nil' by default, which means that no
  696. articles will be hidden. This variable is local to the summary
  697. buffers, and has to be set from `gnus-summary-mode-hook'.
  698. `gnus-score-over-mark'
  699. Mark (in the third column) used for articles with a score over the
  700. default. Default is `+'.
  701. `gnus-score-below-mark'
  702. Mark (in the third column) used for articles with a score below the
  703. default. Default is `-'.
  704. `gnus-score-find-score-files-function'
  705. Function used to find score files for the current group. This
  706. function is called with the name of the group as the argument.
  707. Predefined functions available are:
  708. `gnus-score-find-single'
  709. Only apply the group's own score file.
  710. `gnus-score-find-bnews'
  711. Apply all score files that match, using bnews syntax. This
  712. is the default. If the current group is `gnu.emacs.gnus',
  713. for instance, `all.emacs.all.SCORE', `not.alt.all.SCORE' and
  714. `gnu.all.SCORE' would all apply. In short, the instances of
  715. `all' in the score file names are translated into `.*', and
  716. then a regexp match is done.
  717. This means that if you have some score entries that you want
  718. to apply to all groups, then you put those entries in the
  719. `all.SCORE' file.
  720. The score files are applied in a semi-random order, although
  721. Gnus will try to apply the more general score files before
  722. the more specific score files. It does this by looking at
  723. the number of elements in the score file names--discarding
  724. the `all' elements.
  725. `gnus-score-find-hierarchical'
  726. Apply all score files from all the parent groups. This means
  727. that you can't have score files like `all.SCORE', but you can
  728. have `SCORE', `comp.SCORE' and `comp.emacs.SCORE' for each
  729. server.
  730. This variable can also be a list of functions. In that case, all
  731. these functions will be called with the group name as argument, and
  732. all the returned lists of score files will be applied. These
  733. functions can also return lists of lists of score alists directly.
  734. In that case, the functions that return these non-file score alists
  735. should probably be placed before the "real" score file functions,
  736. to ensure that the last score file returned is the local score
  737. file. Phu.
  738. For example, to do hierarchical scoring but use a
  739. non-server-specific overall score file, you could use the value
  740. (list (lambda (group) ("all.SCORE"))
  741. 'gnus-score-find-hierarchical)
  742. `gnus-score-expiry-days'
  743. This variable says how many days should pass before an unused
  744. score file entry is expired. If this variable is `nil', no score
  745. file entries are expired. It's 7 by default.
  746. `gnus-update-score-entry-dates'
  747. If this variable is non-`nil', temporary score entries that have
  748. been triggered (matched) will have their dates updated. (This is
  749. how Gnus controls expiry--all non-matched-entries will become too
  750. old while matched entries will stay fresh and young.) However, if
  751. you set this variable to `nil', even matched entries will grow old
  752. and will have to face that oh-so grim reaper.
  753. `gnus-score-after-write-file-function'
  754. Function called with the name of the score file just written.
  755. `gnus-score-thread-simplify'
  756. If this variable is non-`nil', article subjects will be simplified
  757. for subject scoring purposes in the same manner as with
  758. threading--according to the current value of
  759. `gnus-simplify-subject-functions'. If the scoring entry uses
  760. `substring' or `exact' matching, the match will also be simplified
  761. in this manner.
  762. 
  763. File: gnus, Node: Score File Format, Next: Score File Editing, Prev: Score Variables, Up: Scoring
  764. 7.4 Score File Format
  765. =====================
  766. A score file is an `emacs-lisp' file that normally contains just a
  767. single form. Casual users are not expected to edit these files;
  768. everything can be changed from the summary buffer.
  769. Anyway, if you'd like to dig into it yourself, here's an example:
  770. (("from"
  771. ("Lars Ingebrigtsen" -10000)
  772. ("Per Abrahamsen")
  773. ("larsi\\|lmi" -50000 nil R))
  774. ("subject"
  775. ("Ding is Badd" nil 728373))
  776. ("xref"
  777. ("alt.politics" -1000 728372 s))
  778. ("lines"
  779. (2 -100 nil <))
  780. (mark 0)
  781. (expunge -1000)
  782. (mark-and-expunge -10)
  783. (read-only nil)
  784. (orphan -10)
  785. (adapt t)
  786. (files "/hom/larsi/News/gnu.SCORE")
  787. (exclude-files "all.SCORE")
  788. (local (gnus-newsgroup-auto-expire t)
  789. (gnus-summary-make-false-root empty))
  790. (eval (ding)))
  791. This example demonstrates most score file elements. *Note Advanced
  792. Scoring::, for a different approach.
  793. Even though this looks much like Lisp code, nothing here is actually
  794. `eval'ed. The Lisp reader is used to read this form, though, so it has
  795. to be valid syntactically, if not semantically.
  796. Six keys are supported by this alist:
  797. `STRING'
  798. If the key is a string, it is the name of the header to perform the
  799. match on. Scoring can only be performed on these eight headers:
  800. `From', `Subject', `References', `Message-ID', `Xref', `Lines',
  801. `Chars' and `Date'. In addition to these headers, there are three
  802. strings to tell Gnus to fetch the entire article and do the match
  803. on larger parts of the article: `Body' will perform the match on
  804. the body of the article, `Head' will perform the match on the head
  805. of the article, and `All' will perform the match on the entire
  806. article. Note that using any of these last three keys will slow
  807. down group entry _considerably_. The final "header" you can score
  808. on is `Followup'. These score entries will result in new score
  809. entries being added for all follow-ups to articles that matches
  810. these score entries.
  811. Following this key is an arbitrary number of score entries, where
  812. each score entry has one to four elements.
  813. 1. The first element is the "match element". On most headers
  814. this will be a string, but on the Lines and Chars headers,
  815. this must be an integer.
  816. 2. If the second element is present, it should be a number--the
  817. "score element". This number should be an integer in the
  818. neginf to posinf interval. This number is added to the score
  819. of the article if the match is successful. If this element
  820. is not present, the `gnus-score-interactive-default-score'
  821. number will be used instead. This is 1000 by default.
  822. 3. If the third element is present, it should be a number--the
  823. "date element". This date says when the last time this score
  824. entry matched, which provides a mechanism for expiring the
  825. score entries. It this element is not present, the score
  826. entry is permanent. The date is represented by the number of
  827. days since December 31, 1 BCE.
  828. 4. If the fourth element is present, it should be a symbol--the
  829. "type element". This element specifies what function should
  830. be used to see whether this score entry matches the article.
  831. What match types that can be used depends on what header you
  832. wish to perform the match on.
  833. "From, Subject, References, Xref, Message-ID"
  834. For most header types, there are the `r' and `R'
  835. (regexp), as well as `s' and `S' (substring) types, and
  836. `e' and `E' (exact match), and `w' (word match) types.
  837. If this element is not present, Gnus will assume that
  838. substring matching should be used. `R', `S', and `E'
  839. differ from the others in that the matches will be done
  840. in a case-sensitive manner. All these one-letter types
  841. are really just abbreviations for the `regexp',
  842. `string', `exact', and `word' types, which you can use
  843. instead, if you feel like.
  844. "Extra"
  845. Just as for the standard string overview headers, if you
  846. are using gnus-extra-headers, you can score on these
  847. headers' values. In this case, there is a 5th element
  848. in the score entry, being the name of the header to be
  849. scored. The following entry is useful in your
  850. `all.SCORE' file in case of spam attacks from a single
  851. origin host, if your NNTP server tracks
  852. `NNTP-Posting-Host' in overviews:
  853. ("111.222.333.444" -1000 nil s
  854. "NNTP-Posting-Host")
  855. "Lines, Chars"
  856. These two headers use different match types: `<', `>',
  857. `=', `>=' and `<='.
  858. These predicates are true if
  859. (PREDICATE HEADER MATCH)
  860. evaluates to non-`nil'. For instance, the advanced match
  861. `("lines" 4 <)' (*note Advanced Scoring::) will result
  862. in the following form:
  863. (< header-value 4)
  864. Or to put it another way: When using `<' on `Lines' with
  865. 4 as the match, we get the score added if the article
  866. has less than 4 lines. (It's easy to get confused and
  867. think it's the other way around. But it's not. I
  868. think.)
  869. When matching on `Lines', be careful because some back
  870. ends (like `nndir') do not generate `Lines' header, so
  871. every article ends up being marked as having 0 lines.
  872. This can lead to strange results if you happen to lower
  873. score of the articles with few lines.
  874. "Date"
  875. For the Date header we have three kinda silly match
  876. types: `before', `at' and `after'. I can't really
  877. imagine this ever being useful, but, like, it would feel
  878. kinda silly not to provide this function. Just in case.
  879. You never know. Better safe than sorry. Once burnt,
  880. twice shy. Don't judge a book by its cover. Never not
  881. have sex on a first date. (I have been told that at
  882. least one person, and I quote, "found this function
  883. indispensable", however.)
  884. A more useful match type is `regexp'. With it, you can
  885. match the date string using a regular expression. The
  886. date is normalized to ISO8601 compact format
  887. first--YYYYMMDD`T'HHMMSS. If you want to match all
  888. articles that have been posted on April 1st in every
  889. year, you could use `....0401.........' as a match
  890. string, for instance. (Note that the date is kept in
  891. its original time zone, so this will match articles that
  892. were posted when it was April 1st where the article was
  893. posted from. Time zones are such wholesome fun for the
  894. whole family, eh?)
  895. "Head, Body, All"
  896. These three match keys use the same match types as the
  897. `From' (etc) header uses.
  898. "Followup"
  899. This match key is somewhat special, in that it will
  900. match the `From' header, and affect the score of not
  901. only the matching articles, but also all followups to
  902. the matching articles. This allows you e.g. increase
  903. the score of followups to your own articles, or decrease
  904. the score of followups to the articles of some known
  905. trouble-maker. Uses the same match types as the `From'
  906. header uses. (Using this match key will lead to
  907. creation of `ADAPT' files.)
  908. "Thread"
  909. This match key works along the same lines as the
  910. `Followup' match key. If you say that you want to score
  911. on a (sub-)thread started by an article with a
  912. `Message-ID' X, then you add a `thread' match. This
  913. will add a new `thread' match for each article that has
  914. X in its `References' header. (These new `thread'
  915. matches will use the `Message-ID's of these matching
  916. articles.) This will ensure that you can raise/lower
  917. the score of an entire thread, even though some articles
  918. in the thread may not have complete `References'
  919. headers. Note that using this may lead to
  920. nondeterministic scores of the articles in the thread.
  921. (Using this match key will lead to creation of `ADAPT'
  922. files.)
  923. `mark'
  924. The value of this entry should be a number. Any articles with a
  925. score lower than this number will be marked as read.
  926. `expunge'
  927. The value of this entry should be a number. Any articles with a
  928. score lower than this number will be removed from the summary
  929. buffer.
  930. `mark-and-expunge'
  931. The value of this entry should be a number. Any articles with a
  932. score lower than this number will be marked as read and removed
  933. from the summary buffer.
  934. `thread-mark-and-expunge'
  935. The value of this entry should be a number. All articles that
  936. belong to a thread that has a total score below this number will
  937. be marked as read and removed from the summary buffer.
  938. `gnus-thread-score-function' says how to compute the total score
  939. for a thread.
  940. `files'
  941. The value of this entry should be any number of file names. These
  942. files are assumed to be score files as well, and will be loaded
  943. the same way this one was.
  944. `exclude-files'
  945. The clue of this entry should be any number of files. These files
  946. will not be loaded, even though they would normally be so, for
  947. some reason or other.
  948. `eval'
  949. The value of this entry will be `eval'ed. This element will be
  950. ignored when handling global score files.
  951. `read-only'
  952. Read-only score files will not be updated or saved. Global score
  953. files should feature this atom (*note Global Score Files::).
  954. (Note: "Global" here really means "global"; not your personal
  955. apply-to-all-groups score files.)
  956. `orphan'
  957. The value of this entry should be a number. Articles that do not
  958. have parents will get this number added to their scores. Imagine
  959. you follow some high-volume newsgroup, like `comp.lang.c'. Most
  960. likely you will only follow a few of the threads, also want to see
  961. any new threads.
  962. You can do this with the following two score file entries:
  963. (orphan -500)
  964. (mark-and-expunge -100)
  965. When you enter the group the first time, you will only see the new
  966. threads. You then raise the score of the threads that you find
  967. interesting (with `I T' or `I S'), and ignore (`c y') the rest.
  968. Next time you enter the group, you will see new articles in the
  969. interesting threads, plus any new threads.
  970. I.e.--the orphan score atom is for high-volume groups where a few
  971. interesting threads which can't be found automatically by ordinary
  972. scoring rules exist.
  973. `adapt'
  974. This entry controls the adaptive scoring. If it is `t', the
  975. default adaptive scoring rules will be used. If it is `ignore', no
  976. adaptive scoring will be performed on this group. If it is a
  977. list, this list will be used as the adaptive scoring rules. If it
  978. isn't present, or is something other than `t' or `ignore', the
  979. default adaptive scoring rules will be used. If you want to use
  980. adaptive scoring on most groups, you'd set
  981. `gnus-use-adaptive-scoring' to `t', and insert an `(adapt ignore)'
  982. in the groups where you do not want adaptive scoring. If you only
  983. want adaptive scoring in a few groups, you'd set
  984. `gnus-use-adaptive-scoring' to `nil', and insert `(adapt t)' in
  985. the score files of the groups where you want it.
  986. `adapt-file'
  987. All adaptive score entries will go to the file named by this
  988. entry. It will also be applied when entering the group. This
  989. atom might be handy if you want to adapt on several groups at
  990. once, using the same adaptive file for a number of groups.
  991. `local'
  992. The value of this entry should be a list of `(VAR VALUE)' pairs.
  993. Each VAR will be made buffer-local to the current summary buffer,
  994. and set to the value specified. This is a convenient, if somewhat
  995. strange, way of setting variables in some groups if you don't like
  996. hooks much. Note that the VALUE won't be evaluated.
  997. 
  998. File: gnus, Node: Score File Editing, Next: Adaptive Scoring, Prev: Score File Format, Up: Scoring
  999. 7.5 Score File Editing
  1000. ======================
  1001. You normally enter all scoring commands from the summary buffer, but you
  1002. might feel the urge to edit them by hand as well, so we've supplied you
  1003. with a mode for that.
  1004. It's simply a slightly customized `emacs-lisp' mode, with these
  1005. additional commands:
  1006. `C-c C-c'
  1007. Save the changes you have made and return to the summary buffer
  1008. (`gnus-score-edit-exit').
  1009. `C-c C-d'
  1010. Insert the current date in numerical format
  1011. (`gnus-score-edit-insert-date'). This is really the day number, if
  1012. you were wondering.
  1013. `C-c C-p'
  1014. The adaptive score files are saved in an unformatted fashion. If
  1015. you intend to read one of these files, you want to "pretty print"
  1016. it first. This command (`gnus-score-pretty-print') does that for
  1017. you.
  1018. Type `M-x gnus-score-mode' to use this mode.
  1019. `gnus-score-menu-hook' is run in score mode buffers.
  1020. In the summary buffer you can use commands like `V f', `V e' and `V
  1021. t' to begin editing score files.
  1022. 
  1023. File: gnus, Node: Adaptive Scoring, Next: Home Score File, Prev: Score File Editing, Up: Scoring
  1024. 7.6 Adaptive Scoring
  1025. ====================
  1026. If all this scoring is getting you down, Gnus has a way of making it all
  1027. happen automatically--as if by magic. Or rather, as if by artificial
  1028. stupidity, to be precise.
  1029. When you read an article, or mark an article as read, or kill an
  1030. article, you leave marks behind. On exit from the group, Gnus can sniff
  1031. these marks and add score elements depending on what marks it finds.
  1032. You turn on this ability by setting `gnus-use-adaptive-scoring' to `t'
  1033. or `(line)'. If you want score adaptively on separate words appearing
  1034. in the subjects, you should set this variable to `(word)'. If you want
  1035. to use both adaptive methods, set this variable to `(word line)'.
  1036. To give you complete control over the scoring process, you can
  1037. customize the `gnus-default-adaptive-score-alist' variable. For
  1038. instance, it might look something like this:
  1039. (setq gnus-default-adaptive-score-alist
  1040. '((gnus-unread-mark)
  1041. (gnus-ticked-mark (from 4))
  1042. (gnus-dormant-mark (from 5))
  1043. (gnus-del-mark (from -4) (subject -1))
  1044. (gnus-read-mark (from 4) (subject 2))
  1045. (gnus-expirable-mark (from -1) (subject -1))
  1046. (gnus-killed-mark (from -1) (subject -3))
  1047. (gnus-kill-file-mark)
  1048. (gnus-ancient-mark)
  1049. (gnus-low-score-mark)
  1050. (gnus-catchup-mark (from -1) (subject -1))))
  1051. As you see, each element in this alist has a mark as a key (either a
  1052. variable name or a "real" mark--a character). Following this key is a
  1053. arbitrary number of header/score pairs. If there are no header/score
  1054. pairs following the key, no adaptive scoring will be done on articles
  1055. that have that key as the article mark. For instance, articles with
  1056. `gnus-unread-mark' in the example above will not get adaptive score
  1057. entries.
  1058. Each article can have only one mark, so just a single of these rules
  1059. will be applied to each article.
  1060. To take `gnus-del-mark' as an example--this alist says that all
  1061. articles that have that mark (i.e., are marked with `e') will have a
  1062. score entry added to lower based on the `From' header by -4, and
  1063. lowered by `Subject' by -1. Change this to fit your prejudices.
  1064. If you have marked 10 articles with the same subject with
  1065. `gnus-del-mark', the rule for that mark will be applied ten times.
  1066. That means that that subject will get a score of ten times -1, which
  1067. should be, unless I'm much mistaken, -10.
  1068. If you have auto-expirable (mail) groups (*note Expiring Mail::), all
  1069. the read articles will be marked with the `E' mark. This'll probably
  1070. make adaptive scoring slightly impossible, so auto-expiring and
  1071. adaptive scoring doesn't really mix very well.
  1072. The headers you can score on are `from', `subject', `message-id',
  1073. `references', `xref', `lines', `chars' and `date'. In addition, you
  1074. can score on `followup', which will create an adaptive score entry that
  1075. matches on the `References' header using the `Message-ID' of the
  1076. current article, thereby matching the following thread.
  1077. If you use this scheme, you should set the score file atom `mark' to
  1078. something small--like -300, perhaps, to avoid having small random
  1079. changes result in articles getting marked as read.
  1080. After using adaptive scoring for a week or so, Gnus should start to
  1081. become properly trained and enhance the authors you like best, and kill
  1082. the authors you like least, without you having to say so explicitly.
  1083. You can control what groups the adaptive scoring is to be performed
  1084. on by using the score files (*note Score File Format::). This will also
  1085. let you use different rules in different groups.
  1086. The adaptive score entries will be put into a file where the name is
  1087. the group name with `gnus-adaptive-file-suffix' appended. The default
  1088. is `ADAPT'.
  1089. Adaptive score files can get huge and are not meant to be edited by
  1090. human hands. If `gnus-adaptive-pretty-print' is `nil' (the default)
  1091. those files will not be written in a human readable way.
  1092. When doing adaptive scoring, substring or fuzzy matching would
  1093. probably give you the best results in most cases. However, if the
  1094. header one matches is short, the possibility for false positives is
  1095. great, so if the length of the match is less than
  1096. `gnus-score-exact-adapt-limit', exact matching will be used. If this
  1097. variable is `nil', exact matching will always be used to avoid this
  1098. problem.
  1099. As mentioned above, you can adapt either on individual words or
  1100. entire headers. If you adapt on words, the
  1101. `gnus-default-adaptive-word-score-alist' variable says what score each
  1102. instance of a word should add given a mark.
  1103. (setq gnus-default-adaptive-word-score-alist
  1104. `((,gnus-read-mark . 30)
  1105. (,gnus-catchup-mark . -10)
  1106. (,gnus-killed-mark . -20)
  1107. (,gnus-del-mark . -15)))
  1108. This is the default value. If you have adaption on words enabled,
  1109. every word that appears in subjects of articles marked with
  1110. `gnus-read-mark' will result in a score rule that increase the score
  1111. with 30 points.
  1112. Words that appear in the `gnus-default-ignored-adaptive-words' list
  1113. will be ignored. If you wish to add more words to be ignored, use the
  1114. `gnus-ignored-adaptive-words' list instead.
  1115. Some may feel that short words shouldn't count when doing adaptive
  1116. scoring. If so, you may set `gnus-adaptive-word-length-limit' to an
  1117. integer. Words shorter than this number will be ignored. This
  1118. variable defaults to `nil'.
  1119. When the scoring is done, `gnus-adaptive-word-syntax-table' is the
  1120. syntax table in effect. It is similar to the standard syntax table, but
  1121. it considers numbers to be non-word-constituent characters.
  1122. If `gnus-adaptive-word-minimum' is set to a number, the adaptive
  1123. word scoring process will never bring down the score of an article to
  1124. below this number. The default is `nil'.
  1125. If `gnus-adaptive-word-no-group-words' is set to `t', gnus won't
  1126. adaptively word score any of the words in the group name. Useful for
  1127. groups like `comp.editors.emacs', where most of the subject lines
  1128. contain the word `emacs'.
  1129. After using this scheme for a while, it might be nice to write a
  1130. `gnus-psychoanalyze-user' command to go through the rules and see what
  1131. words you like and what words you don't like. Or perhaps not.
  1132. Note that the adaptive word scoring thing is highly experimental and
  1133. is likely to change in the future. Initial impressions seem to indicate
  1134. that it's totally useless as it stands. Some more work (involving more
  1135. rigorous statistical methods) will have to be done to make this useful.
  1136. 
  1137. File: gnus, Node: Home Score File, Next: Followups To Yourself, Prev: Adaptive Scoring, Up: Scoring
  1138. 7.7 Home Score File
  1139. ===================
  1140. The score file where new score file entries will go is called the "home
  1141. score file". This is normally (and by default) the score file for the
  1142. group itself. For instance, the home score file for `gnu.emacs.gnus'
  1143. is `gnu.emacs.gnus.SCORE'.
  1144. However, this may not be what you want. It is often convenient to
  1145. share a common home score file among many groups--all `emacs' groups
  1146. could perhaps use the same home score file.
  1147. The variable that controls this is `gnus-home-score-file'. It can
  1148. be:
  1149. 1. A string. Then this file will be used as the home score file for
  1150. all groups.
  1151. 2. A function. The result of this function will be used as the home
  1152. score file. The function will be called with the name of the
  1153. group as the parameter.
  1154. 3. A list. The elements in this list can be:
  1155. 1. `(REGEXP FILE-NAME)'. If the REGEXP matches the group name,
  1156. the FILE-NAME will be used as the home score file.
  1157. 2. A function. If the function returns non-`nil', the result
  1158. will be used as the home score file. The function will be
  1159. called with the name of the group as the parameter.
  1160. 3. A string. Use the string as the home score file.
  1161. The list will be traversed from the beginning towards the end
  1162. looking for matches.
  1163. So, if you want to use just a single score file, you could say:
  1164. (setq gnus-home-score-file
  1165. "my-total-score-file.SCORE")
  1166. If you want to use `gnu.SCORE' for all `gnu' groups and `rec.SCORE'
  1167. for all `rec' groups (and so on), you can say:
  1168. (setq gnus-home-score-file
  1169. 'gnus-hierarchial-home-score-file)
  1170. This is a ready-made function provided for your convenience. Other
  1171. functions include
  1172. `gnus-current-home-score-file'
  1173. Return the "current" regular score file. This will make scoring
  1174. commands add entry to the "innermost" matching score file.
  1175. If you want to have one score file for the `emacs' groups and
  1176. another for the `comp' groups, while letting all other groups use their
  1177. own home score files:
  1178. (setq gnus-home-score-file
  1179. ;; All groups that match the regexp `"\\.emacs"'
  1180. '(("\\.emacs" "emacs.SCORE")
  1181. ;; All the comp groups in one score file
  1182. ("^comp" "comp.SCORE")))
  1183. `gnus-home-adapt-file' works exactly the same way as
  1184. `gnus-home-score-file', but says what the home adaptive score file is
  1185. instead. All new adaptive file entries will go into the file specified
  1186. by this variable, and the same syntax is allowed.
  1187. In addition to using `gnus-home-score-file' and
  1188. `gnus-home-adapt-file', you can also use group parameters (*note Group
  1189. Parameters::) and topic parameters (*note Topic Parameters::) to
  1190. achieve much the same. Group and topic parameters take precedence over
  1191. this variable.
  1192. 
  1193. File: gnus, Node: Followups To Yourself, Next: Scoring On Other Headers, Prev: Home Score File, Up: Scoring
  1194. 7.8 Followups To Yourself
  1195. =========================
  1196. Gnus offers two commands for picking out the `Message-ID' header in the
  1197. current buffer. Gnus will then add a score rule that scores using this
  1198. `Message-ID' on the `References' header of other articles. This will,
  1199. in effect, increase the score of all articles that respond to the
  1200. article in the current buffer. Quite useful if you want to easily note
  1201. when people answer what you've said.
  1202. `gnus-score-followup-article'
  1203. This will add a score to articles that directly follow up your own
  1204. article.
  1205. `gnus-score-followup-thread'
  1206. This will add a score to all articles that appear in a thread
  1207. "below" your own article.
  1208. These two functions are both primarily meant to be used in hooks like
  1209. `message-sent-hook', like this:
  1210. (add-hook 'message-sent-hook 'gnus-score-followup-thread)
  1211. If you look closely at your own `Message-ID', you'll notice that the
  1212. first two or three characters are always the same. Here's two of mine:
  1213. <x6u3u47icf.fsf@eyesore.no>
  1214. <x6sp9o7ibw.fsf@eyesore.no>
  1215. So "my" ident on this machine is `x6'. This can be exploited--the
  1216. following rule will raise the score on all followups to myself:
  1217. ("references"
  1218. ("<x6[0-9a-z]+\\.fsf\\(_-_\\)?@.*eyesore\\.no>"
  1219. 1000 nil r))
  1220. Whether it's the first two or first three characters that are "yours"
  1221. is system-dependent.
  1222. 
  1223. File: gnus, Node: Scoring On Other Headers, Next: Scoring Tips, Prev: Followups To Yourself, Up: Scoring
  1224. 7.9 Scoring On Other Headers
  1225. ============================
  1226. Gnus is quite fast when scoring the "traditional" headers--`From',
  1227. `Subject' and so on. However, scoring other headers requires writing a
  1228. `head' scoring rule, which means that Gnus has to request every single
  1229. article from the back end to find matches. This takes a long time in
  1230. big groups.
  1231. You can inhibit this slow scoring on headers or body by setting the
  1232. variable `gnus-inhibit-slow-scoring'. If `gnus-inhibit-slow-scoring'
  1233. is regexp, slow scoring is inhibited if the group matches the regexp.
  1234. If it is t, slow scoring on it is inhibited for all groups.
  1235. Now, there's not much you can do about the slowness for news groups,
  1236. but for mail groups, you have greater control. In *note To From
  1237. Newsgroups::, it's explained in greater detail what this mechanism
  1238. does, but here's a cookbook example for `nnml' on how to allow scoring
  1239. on the `To' and `Cc' headers.
  1240. Put the following in your `~/.gnus.el' file.
  1241. (setq gnus-extra-headers '(To Cc Newsgroups Keywords)
  1242. nnmail-extra-headers gnus-extra-headers)
  1243. Restart Gnus and rebuild your `nnml' overview files with the `M-x
  1244. nnml-generate-nov-databases' command. This will take a long time if
  1245. you have much mail.
  1246. Now you can score on `To' and `Cc' as "extra headers" like so: `I e
  1247. s p To RET <your name> RET'.
  1248. See? Simple.
  1249. 
  1250. File: gnus, Node: Scoring Tips, Next: Reverse Scoring, Prev: Scoring On Other Headers, Up: Scoring
  1251. 7.10 Scoring Tips
  1252. =================
  1253. "Crossposts"
  1254. If you want to lower the score of crossposts, the line to match on
  1255. is the `Xref' header.
  1256. ("xref" (" talk.politics.misc:" -1000))
  1257. "Multiple crossposts"
  1258. If you want to lower the score of articles that have been
  1259. crossposted to more than, say, 3 groups:
  1260. ("xref"
  1261. ("[^:\n]+:[0-9]+ +[^:\n]+:[0-9]+ +[^:\n]+:[0-9]+"
  1262. -1000 nil r))
  1263. "Matching on the body"
  1264. This is generally not a very good idea--it takes a very long time.
  1265. Gnus actually has to fetch each individual article from the
  1266. server. But you might want to anyway, I guess. Even though there
  1267. are three match keys (`Head', `Body' and `All'), you should choose
  1268. one and stick with it in each score file. If you use any two,
  1269. each article will be fetched _twice_. If you want to match a bit
  1270. on the `Head' and a bit on the `Body', just use `All' for all the
  1271. matches.
  1272. "Marking as read"
  1273. You will probably want to mark articles that have scores below a
  1274. certain number as read. This is most easily achieved by putting
  1275. the following in your `all.SCORE' file:
  1276. ((mark -100))
  1277. You may also consider doing something similar with `expunge'.
  1278. "Negated character classes"
  1279. If you say stuff like `[^abcd]*', you may get unexpected results.
  1280. That will match newlines, which might lead to, well, The Unknown.
  1281. Say `[^abcd\n]*' instead.
  1282. 
  1283. File: gnus, Node: Reverse Scoring, Next: Global Score Files, Prev: Scoring Tips, Up: Scoring
  1284. 7.11 Reverse Scoring
  1285. ====================
  1286. If you want to keep just articles that have `Sex with Emacs' in the
  1287. subject header, and expunge all other articles, you could put something
  1288. like this in your score file:
  1289. (("subject"
  1290. ("Sex with Emacs" 2))
  1291. (mark 1)
  1292. (expunge 1))
  1293. So, you raise all articles that match `Sex with Emacs' and mark the
  1294. rest as read, and expunge them to boot.
  1295. 
  1296. File: gnus, Node: Global Score Files, Next: Kill Files, Prev: Reverse Scoring, Up: Scoring
  1297. 7.12 Global Score Files
  1298. =======================
  1299. Sure, other newsreaders have "global kill files". These are usually
  1300. nothing more than a single kill file that applies to all groups, stored
  1301. in the user's home directory. Bah! Puny, weak newsreaders!
  1302. What I'm talking about here are Global Score Files. Score files from
  1303. all over the world, from users everywhere, uniting all nations in one
  1304. big, happy score file union! Ange-score! New and untested!
  1305. All you have to do to use other people's score files is to set the
  1306. `gnus-global-score-files' variable. One entry for each score file, or
  1307. each score file directory. Gnus will decide by itself what score files
  1308. are applicable to which group.
  1309. To use the score file
  1310. `/ftp@ftp.gnus.org:/pub/larsi/ding/score/soc.motss.SCORE' and all score
  1311. files in the `/ftp@ftp.some-where:/pub/score' directory, say this:
  1312. (setq gnus-global-score-files
  1313. '("/ftp@ftp.gnus.org:/pub/larsi/ding/score/soc.motss.SCORE"
  1314. "/ftp@ftp.some-where:/pub/score/"))
  1315. Simple, eh? Directory names must end with a `/'. These directories
  1316. are typically scanned only once during each Gnus session. If you feel
  1317. the need to manually re-scan the remote directories, you can use the
  1318. `gnus-score-search-global-directories' command.
  1319. Note that, at present, using this option will slow down group entry
  1320. somewhat. (That is--a lot.)
  1321. If you want to start maintaining score files for other people to use,
  1322. just put your score file up for anonymous ftp and announce it to the
  1323. world. Become a retro-moderator! Participate in the retro-moderator
  1324. wars sure to ensue, where retro-moderators battle it out for the
  1325. sympathy of the people, luring them to use their score files on false
  1326. premises! Yay! The net is saved!
  1327. Here are some tips for the would-be retro-moderator, off the top of
  1328. my head:
  1329. * Articles heavily crossposted are probably junk.
  1330. * To lower a single inappropriate article, lower by `Message-ID'.
  1331. * Particularly brilliant authors can be raised on a permanent basis.
  1332. * Authors that repeatedly post off-charter for the group can safely
  1333. be lowered out of existence.
  1334. * Set the `mark' and `expunge' atoms to obliterate the nastiest
  1335. articles completely.
  1336. * Use expiring score entries to keep the size of the file down. You
  1337. should probably have a long expiry period, though, as some sites
  1338. keep old articles for a long time.
  1339. ... I wonder whether other newsreaders will support global score
  1340. files in the future. _Snicker_. Yup, any day now, newsreaders like
  1341. Blue Wave, xrn and 1stReader are bound to implement scoring. Should we
  1342. start holding our breath yet?
  1343. 
  1344. File: gnus, Node: Kill Files, Next: Converting Kill Files, Prev: Global Score Files, Up: Scoring
  1345. 7.13 Kill Files
  1346. ===============
  1347. Gnus still supports those pesky old kill files. In fact, the kill file
  1348. entries can now be expiring, which is something I wrote before Daniel
  1349. Quinlan thought of doing score files, so I've left the code in there.
  1350. In short, kill processing is a lot slower (and I do mean _a lot_)
  1351. than score processing, so it might be a good idea to rewrite your kill
  1352. files into score files.
  1353. Anyway, a kill file is a normal `emacs-lisp' file. You can put any
  1354. forms into this file, which means that you can use kill files as some
  1355. sort of primitive hook function to be run on group entry, even though
  1356. that isn't a very good idea.
  1357. Normal kill files look like this:
  1358. (gnus-kill "From" "Lars Ingebrigtsen")
  1359. (gnus-kill "Subject" "ding")
  1360. (gnus-expunge "X")
  1361. This will mark every article written by me as read, and remove the
  1362. marked articles from the summary buffer. Very useful, you'll agree.
  1363. Other programs use a totally different kill file syntax. If Gnus
  1364. encounters what looks like a `rn' kill file, it will take a stab at
  1365. interpreting it.
  1366. Two summary functions for editing a GNUS kill file:
  1367. `M-k'
  1368. Edit this group's kill file (`gnus-summary-edit-local-kill').
  1369. `M-K'
  1370. Edit the general kill file (`gnus-summary-edit-global-kill').
  1371. Two group mode functions for editing the kill files:
  1372. `M-k'
  1373. Edit this group's kill file (`gnus-group-edit-local-kill').
  1374. `M-K'
  1375. Edit the general kill file (`gnus-group-edit-global-kill').
  1376. Kill file variables:
  1377. `gnus-kill-file-name'
  1378. A kill file for the group `soc.motss' is normally called
  1379. `soc.motss.KILL'. The suffix appended to the group name to get
  1380. this file name is detailed by the `gnus-kill-file-name' variable.
  1381. The "global" kill file (not in the score file sense of "global", of
  1382. course) is just called `KILL'.
  1383. `gnus-kill-save-kill-file'
  1384. If this variable is non-`nil', Gnus will save the kill file after
  1385. processing, which is necessary if you use expiring kills.
  1386. `gnus-apply-kill-hook'
  1387. A hook called to apply kill files to a group. It is
  1388. `(gnus-apply-kill-file)' by default. If you want to ignore the
  1389. kill file if you have a score file for the same group, you can set
  1390. this hook to `(gnus-apply-kill-file-unless-scored)'. If you don't
  1391. want kill files to be processed, you should set this variable to
  1392. `nil'.
  1393. `gnus-kill-file-mode-hook'
  1394. A hook called in kill-file mode buffers.
  1395. 
  1396. File: gnus, Node: Converting Kill Files, Next: Advanced Scoring, Prev: Kill Files, Up: Scoring
  1397. 7.14 Converting Kill Files
  1398. ==========================
  1399. If you have loads of old kill files, you may want to convert them into
  1400. score files. If they are "regular", you can use the
  1401. `gnus-kill-to-score.el' package; if not, you'll have to do it by hand.
  1402. The kill to score conversion package isn't included in Emacs by
  1403. default. You can fetch it from the contrib directory of the Gnus
  1404. distribution or from
  1405. `http://heim.ifi.uio.no/~larsi/ding-various/gnus-kill-to-score.el'.
  1406. If your old kill files are very complex--if they contain more
  1407. non-`gnus-kill' forms than not, you'll have to convert them by hand.
  1408. Or just let them be as they are. Gnus will still use them as before.
  1409. 
  1410. File: gnus, Node: Advanced Scoring, Next: Score Decays, Prev: Converting Kill Files, Up: Scoring
  1411. 7.15 Advanced Scoring
  1412. =====================
  1413. Scoring on Subjects and From headers is nice enough, but what if you're
  1414. really interested in what a person has to say only when she's talking
  1415. about a particular subject? Or what if you really don't want to read
  1416. what person A has to say when she's following up to person B, but want
  1417. to read what she says when she's following up to person C?
  1418. By using advanced scoring rules you may create arbitrarily complex
  1419. scoring patterns.
  1420. * Menu:
  1421. * Advanced Scoring Syntax:: A definition.
  1422. * Advanced Scoring Examples:: What they look like.
  1423. * Advanced Scoring Tips:: Getting the most out of it.
  1424. 
  1425. File: gnus, Node: Advanced Scoring Syntax, Next: Advanced Scoring Examples, Up: Advanced Scoring
  1426. 7.15.1 Advanced Scoring Syntax
  1427. ------------------------------
  1428. Ordinary scoring rules have a string as the first element in the rule.
  1429. Advanced scoring rules have a list as the first element. The second
  1430. element is the score to be applied if the first element evaluated to a
  1431. non-`nil' value.
  1432. These lists may consist of three logical operators, one redirection
  1433. operator, and various match operators.
  1434. Logical operators:
  1435. `&'
  1436. `and'
  1437. This logical operator will evaluate each of its arguments until it
  1438. finds one that evaluates to `false', and then it'll stop. If all
  1439. arguments evaluate to `true' values, then this operator will return
  1440. `true'.
  1441. `|'
  1442. `or'
  1443. This logical operator will evaluate each of its arguments until it
  1444. finds one that evaluates to `true'. If no arguments are `true',
  1445. then this operator will return `false'.
  1446. `!'
  1447. `not'
  1448. `¬'
  1449. This logical operator only takes a single argument. It returns the
  1450. logical negation of the value of its argument.
  1451. There is an "indirection operator" that will make its arguments
  1452. apply to the ancestors of the current article being scored. For
  1453. instance, `1-' will make score rules apply to the parent of the current
  1454. article. `2-' will make score rules apply to the grandparent of the
  1455. current article. Alternatively, you can write `^^', where the number
  1456. of `^'s (carets) says how far back into the ancestry you want to go.
  1457. Finally, we have the match operators. These are the ones that do the
  1458. real work. Match operators are header name strings followed by a match
  1459. and a match type. A typical match operator looks like `("from" "Lars
  1460. Ingebrigtsen" s)'. The header names are the same as when using simple
  1461. scoring, and the match types are also the same.
  1462. 
  1463. File: gnus, Node: Advanced Scoring Examples, Next: Advanced Scoring Tips, Prev: Advanced Scoring Syntax, Up: Advanced Scoring
  1464. 7.15.2 Advanced Scoring Examples
  1465. --------------------------------
  1466. Please note that the following examples are score file rules. To make
  1467. a complete score file from them, surround them with another pair of
  1468. parentheses.
  1469. Let's say you want to increase the score of articles written by Lars
  1470. when he's talking about Gnus:
  1471. ((&
  1472. ("from" "Lars Ingebrigtsen")
  1473. ("subject" "Gnus"))
  1474. 1000)
  1475. Quite simple, huh?
  1476. When he writes long articles, he sometimes has something nice to say:
  1477. ((&
  1478. ("from" "Lars Ingebrigtsen")
  1479. (|
  1480. ("subject" "Gnus")
  1481. ("lines" 100 >)))
  1482. 1000)
  1483. However, when he responds to things written by Reig Eigil Logge, you
  1484. really don't want to read what he's written:
  1485. ((&
  1486. ("from" "Lars Ingebrigtsen")
  1487. (1- ("from" "Reig Eigil Logge")))
  1488. -100000)
  1489. Everybody that follows up Redmondo when he writes about disappearing
  1490. socks should have their scores raised, but only when they talk about
  1491. white socks. However, when Lars talks about socks, it's usually not
  1492. very interesting:
  1493. ((&
  1494. (1-
  1495. (&
  1496. ("from" "redmondo@.*no" r)
  1497. ("body" "disappearing.*socks" t)))
  1498. (! ("from" "Lars Ingebrigtsen"))
  1499. ("body" "white.*socks"))
  1500. 1000)
  1501. Suppose you're reading a high volume group and you're only interested
  1502. in replies. The plan is to score down all articles that don't have
  1503. subject that begin with "Re:", "Fw:" or "Fwd:" and then score up all
  1504. parents of articles that have subjects that begin with reply marks.
  1505. ((! ("subject" "re:\\|fwd?:" r))
  1506. -200)
  1507. ((1- ("subject" "re:\\|fwd?:" r))
  1508. 200)
  1509. The possibilities are endless.
  1510. 
  1511. File: gnus, Node: Advanced Scoring Tips, Prev: Advanced Scoring Examples, Up: Advanced Scoring
  1512. 7.15.3 Advanced Scoring Tips
  1513. ----------------------------
  1514. The `&' and `|' logical operators do short-circuit logic. That is,
  1515. they stop processing their arguments when it's clear what the result of
  1516. the operation will be. For instance, if one of the arguments of an `&'
  1517. evaluates to `false', there's no point in evaluating the rest of the
  1518. arguments. This means that you should put slow matches (`body',
  1519. `header') last and quick matches (`from', `subject') first.
  1520. The indirection arguments (`1-' and so on) will make their arguments
  1521. work on previous generations of the thread. If you say something like:
  1522. ...
  1523. (1-
  1524. (1-
  1525. ("from" "lars")))
  1526. ...
  1527. Then that means "score on the from header of the grandparent of the
  1528. current article". An indirection is quite fast, but it's better to say:
  1529. (1-
  1530. (&
  1531. ("from" "Lars")
  1532. ("subject" "Gnus")))
  1533. than it is to say:
  1534. (&
  1535. (1- ("from" "Lars"))
  1536. (1- ("subject" "Gnus")))
  1537. 
  1538. File: gnus, Node: Score Decays, Prev: Advanced Scoring, Up: Scoring
  1539. 7.16 Score Decays
  1540. =================
  1541. You may find that your scores have a tendency to grow without bounds,
  1542. especially if you're using adaptive scoring. If scores get too big,
  1543. they lose all meaning--they simply max out and it's difficult to use
  1544. them in any sensible way.
  1545. Gnus provides a mechanism for decaying scores to help with this
  1546. problem. When score files are loaded and `gnus-decay-scores' is
  1547. non-`nil', Gnus will run the score files through the decaying mechanism
  1548. thereby lowering the scores of all non-permanent score rules. If
  1549. `gnus-decay-scores' is a regexp, only score files matching this regexp
  1550. are treated. E.g. you may set it to `\\.ADAPT\\'' if only _adaptive_
  1551. score files should be decayed. The decay itself if performed by the
  1552. `gnus-decay-score-function' function, which is `gnus-decay-score' by
  1553. default. Here's the definition of that function:
  1554. (defun gnus-decay-score (score)
  1555. "Decay SCORE according to `gnus-score-decay-constant'
  1556. and `gnus-score-decay-scale'."
  1557. (let ((n (- score
  1558. (* (if (< score 0) -1 1)
  1559. (min (abs score)
  1560. (max gnus-score-decay-constant
  1561. (* (abs score)
  1562. gnus-score-decay-scale)))))))
  1563. (if (and (featurep 'xemacs)
  1564. ;; XEmacs's floor can handle only the floating point
  1565. ;; number below the half of the maximum integer.
  1566. (> (abs n) (lsh -1 -2)))
  1567. (string-to-number
  1568. (car (split-string (number-to-string n) "\\.")))
  1569. (floor n))))
  1570. `gnus-score-decay-constant' is 3 by default and
  1571. `gnus-score-decay-scale' is 0.05. This should cause the following:
  1572. 1. Scores between -3 and 3 will be set to 0 when this function is
  1573. called.
  1574. 2. Scores with magnitudes between 3 and 60 will be shrunk by 3.
  1575. 3. Scores with magnitudes greater than 60 will be shrunk by 5% of the
  1576. score.
  1577. If you don't like this decay function, write your own. It is called
  1578. with the score to be decayed as its only parameter, and it should return
  1579. the new score, which should be an integer.
  1580. Gnus will try to decay scores once a day. If you haven't run Gnus
  1581. for four days, Gnus will decay the scores four times, for instance.
  1582. 
  1583. File: gnus, Node: Searching, Next: Various, Prev: Scoring, Up: Top
  1584. 8 Searching
  1585. ***********
  1586. FIXME: Add a brief overview of Gnus search capabilities. A brief
  1587. comparison of nnir, nnmairix, contrib/gnus-namazu would be nice as well.
  1588. This chapter describes tools for searching groups and servers for
  1589. articles matching a query and then retrieving those articles. Gnus
  1590. provides a simpler mechanism for searching through articles in a
  1591. summary buffer to find those matching a pattern. *Note Searching for
  1592. Articles::.
  1593. * Menu:
  1594. * nnir:: Searching with various engines.
  1595. * nnmairix:: Searching with Mairix.
  1596. 
  1597. File: gnus, Node: nnir, Next: nnmairix, Up: Searching
  1598. 8.1 nnir
  1599. ========
  1600. This section describes how to use `nnir' to search for articles within
  1601. gnus.
  1602. * Menu:
  1603. * What is nnir?:: What does `nnir' do?
  1604. * Basic Usage:: How to perform simple searches.
  1605. * Setting up nnir:: How to set up `nnir'.
  1606. 
  1607. File: gnus, Node: What is nnir?, Next: Basic Usage, Up: nnir
  1608. 8.1.1 What is nnir?
  1609. -------------------
  1610. `nnir' is a Gnus interface to a number of tools for searching through
  1611. mail and news repositories. Different backends (like `nnimap' and
  1612. `nntp') work with different tools (called "engines" in `nnir' lingo),
  1613. but all use the same basic search interface.
  1614. The `nnimap' and `gmane' search engines should work with no
  1615. configuration. Other engines require a local index that needs to be
  1616. created and maintained outside of Gnus.
  1617. 
  1618. File: gnus, Node: Basic Usage, Next: Setting up nnir, Prev: What is nnir?, Up: nnir
  1619. 8.1.2 Basic Usage
  1620. -----------------
  1621. In the group buffer typing `G G' will search the group on the current
  1622. line by calling `gnus-group-make-nnir-group'. This prompts for a query
  1623. string, creates an ephemeral `nnir' group containing the articles that
  1624. match this query, and takes you to a summary buffer showing these
  1625. articles. Articles may then be read, moved and deleted using the usual
  1626. commands.
  1627. The `nnir' group made in this way is an `ephemeral' group, and some
  1628. changes are not permanent: aside from reading, moving, and deleting,
  1629. you can't act on the original article. But there is an alternative: you
  1630. can _warp_ to the original group for the article on the current line
  1631. with `A W', aka `gnus-warp-to-article'. Even better, the function
  1632. `gnus-summary-refer-thread', bound by default in summary buffers to `A
  1633. T', will first warp to the original group before it works its magic and
  1634. includes all the articles in the thread. From here you can read, move
  1635. and delete articles, but also copy them, alter article marks, whatever.
  1636. Go nuts.
  1637. You say you want to search more than just the group on the current
  1638. line? No problem: just process-mark the groups you want to search. You
  1639. want even more? Calling for an nnir search with the cursor on a topic
  1640. heading will search all the groups under that heading.
  1641. Still not enough? OK, in the server buffer
  1642. `gnus-group-make-nnir-group' (now bound to `G') will search all groups
  1643. from the server on the current line. Too much? Want to ignore certain
  1644. groups when searching, like spam groups? Just customize
  1645. `nnir-ignored-newsgroups'.
  1646. One more thing: individual search engines may have special search
  1647. features. You can access these special features by giving a prefix-arg
  1648. to `gnus-group-make-nnir-group'. If you are searching multiple groups
  1649. with different search engines you will be prompted for the special
  1650. search features for each engine separately.
  1651. 
  1652. File: gnus, Node: Setting up nnir, Prev: Basic Usage, Up: nnir
  1653. 8.1.3 Setting up nnir
  1654. ---------------------
  1655. To set up nnir you may need to do some prep work. Firstly, you may need
  1656. to configure the search engines you plan to use. Some of them, like
  1657. `imap' and `gmane', need no special configuration. Others, like
  1658. `namazu' and `swish', require configuration as described below.
  1659. Secondly, you need to associate a search engine with a server or a
  1660. backend.
  1661. If you just want to use the `imap' engine to search `nnimap'
  1662. servers, and the `gmane' engine to search `gmane' then you don't have
  1663. to do anything. But you might want to read the details of the query
  1664. language anyway.
  1665. * Menu:
  1666. * Associating Engines:: How to associate engines.
  1667. * The imap Engine:: Imap configuration and usage.
  1668. * The gmane Engine:: Gmane configuration and usage.
  1669. * The swish++ Engine:: Swish++ configuration and usage.
  1670. * The swish-e Engine:: Swish-e configuration and usage.
  1671. * The namazu Engine:: Namazu configuration and usage.
  1672. * The hyrex Engine:: Hyrex configuration and usage.
  1673. * Customizations:: User customizable settings.
  1674. 
  1675. File: gnus, Node: Associating Engines, Next: The imap Engine, Up: Setting up nnir
  1676. 8.1.3.1 Associating Engines
  1677. ...........................
  1678. When searching a group, `nnir' needs to know which search engine to
  1679. use. You can configure a given server to use a particular engine by
  1680. setting the server variable `nnir-search-engine' to the engine name.
  1681. For example to use the `namazu' engine to search the server named
  1682. `home' you can use
  1683. (setq gnus-secondary-select-methods
  1684. '((nnml "home"
  1685. (nnimap-address "localhost")
  1686. (nnir-search-engine namazu))))
  1687. Alternatively you might want to use a particular engine for all
  1688. servers with a given backend. For example, you might want to use the
  1689. `imap' engine for all servers using the `nnimap' backend. In this case
  1690. you can customize the variable `nnir-method-default-engines'. This is
  1691. an alist of pairs of the form `(backend . engine)'. By default this
  1692. variable is set to use the `imap' engine for all servers using the
  1693. `nnimap' backend, and the `gmane' backend for `nntp' servers. (Don't
  1694. worry, the `gmane' search engine won't actually try to search non-gmane
  1695. `nntp' servers.) But if you wanted to use `namazu' for all your servers
  1696. with an `nnimap' backend you could change this to
  1697. '((nnimap . namazu)
  1698. (nntp . gmane))
  1699. 
  1700. File: gnus, Node: The imap Engine, Next: The gmane Engine, Prev: Associating Engines, Up: Setting up nnir
  1701. 8.1.3.2 The imap Engine
  1702. .......................
  1703. The `imap' engine requires no configuration.
  1704. Queries using the `imap' engine follow a simple query language. The
  1705. search is always case-insensitive and supports the following features
  1706. (inspired by the Google search input language):
  1707. `Boolean query operators'
  1708. AND, OR, and NOT are supported, and parentheses can be used to
  1709. control operator precedence, e.g. (emacs OR xemacs) AND linux.
  1710. Note that operators must be written with all capital letters to be
  1711. recognized. Also preceding a term with a - sign is equivalent to
  1712. NOT term.
  1713. `Automatic AND queries'
  1714. If you specify multiple words then they will be treated as an AND
  1715. expression intended to match all components.
  1716. `Phrase searches'
  1717. If you wrap your query in double-quotes then it will be treated as
  1718. a literal string.
  1719. By default the whole message will be searched. The query can be
  1720. limited to a specific part of a message by using a prefix-arg. After
  1721. inputting the query this will prompt (with completion) for a message
  1722. part. Choices include "Whole message", "Subject", "From", and "To".
  1723. Any unrecognized input is interpreted as a header name. For example,
  1724. typing `Message-ID' in response to this prompt will limit the query to
  1725. the Message-ID header.
  1726. Finally selecting "Imap" will interpret the query as a raw IMAP
  1727. search query. The format of such queries can be found in RFC3501.
  1728. If you don't like the default of searching whole messages you can
  1729. customize `nnir-imap-default-search-key'. For example to use IMAP
  1730. queries by default
  1731. (setq nnir-imap-default-search-key "Imap")
  1732. 
  1733. File: gnus, Node: The gmane Engine, Next: The swish++ Engine, Prev: The imap Engine, Up: Setting up nnir
  1734. 8.1.3.3 The gmane Engine
  1735. ........................
  1736. The `gmane' engine requires no configuration.
  1737. Gmane queries follow a simple query language:
  1738. `Boolean query operators'
  1739. AND, OR, NOT (or AND NOT), and XOR are supported, and brackets can
  1740. be used to control operator precedence, e.g. (emacs OR xemacs) AND
  1741. linux. Note that operators must be written with all capital
  1742. letters to be recognized.
  1743. `Required and excluded terms'
  1744. + and - can be used to require or exclude terms, e.g. football
  1745. -american
  1746. `Unicode handling'
  1747. The search engine converts all text to utf-8, so searching should
  1748. work in any language.
  1749. `Stopwords'
  1750. Common English words (like 'the' and 'a') are ignored by default.
  1751. You can override this by prefixing such words with a + (e.g. +the)
  1752. or enclosing the word in quotes (e.g. "the").
  1753. The query can be limited to articles by a specific author using a
  1754. prefix-arg. After inputting the query this will prompt for an author
  1755. name (or part of a name) to match.
  1756. 
  1757. File: gnus, Node: The swish++ Engine, Next: The swish-e Engine, Prev: The gmane Engine, Up: Setting up nnir
  1758. 8.1.3.4 The swish++ Engine
  1759. ..........................
  1760. FIXME: Say something more here.
  1761. Documentation for swish++ may be found at the swish++ sourceforge
  1762. page: `http://swishplusplus.sourceforge.net'
  1763. `nnir-swish++-program'
  1764. The name of the swish++ executable. Defaults to `search'
  1765. `nnir-swish++-additional-switches'
  1766. A list of strings to be given as additional arguments to swish++.
  1767. `nil' by default.
  1768. `nnir-swish++-remove-prefix'
  1769. The prefix to remove from each file name returned by swish++ in
  1770. order to get a group name. By default this is `$HOME/Mail'.
  1771. 
  1772. File: gnus, Node: The swish-e Engine, Next: The namazu Engine, Prev: The swish++ Engine, Up: Setting up nnir
  1773. 8.1.3.5 The swish-e Engine
  1774. ..........................
  1775. FIXME: Say something more here.
  1776. Documentation for swish-e may be found at the swish-e homepage
  1777. `http://swish-e.org'
  1778. `nnir-swish-e-program'
  1779. The name of the swish-e search program. Defaults to `swish-e'.
  1780. `nnir-swish-e-additional-switches'
  1781. A list of strings to be given as additional arguments to swish-e.
  1782. `nil' by default.
  1783. `nnir-swish-e-remove-prefix'
  1784. The prefix to remove from each file name returned by swish-e in
  1785. order to get a group name. By default this is `$HOME/Mail'.
  1786. 
  1787. File: gnus, Node: The namazu Engine, Next: The hyrex Engine, Prev: The swish-e Engine, Up: Setting up nnir
  1788. 8.1.3.6 The namazu Engine
  1789. .........................
  1790. Using the namazu engine requires creating and maintaining index files.
  1791. One directory should contain all the index files, and nnir must be told
  1792. where to find them by setting the `nnir-namazu-index-directory'
  1793. variable.
  1794. To work correctly the `nnir-namazu-remove-prefix' variable must also
  1795. be correct. This is the prefix to remove from each file name returned
  1796. by Namazu in order to get a proper group name (albeit with `/' instead
  1797. of `.').
  1798. For example, suppose that Namazu returns file names such as
  1799. `/home/john/Mail/mail/misc/42'. For this example, use the following
  1800. setting: `(setq nnir-namazu-remove-prefix "/home/john/Mail/")' Note the
  1801. trailing slash. Removing this prefix from the directory gives
  1802. `mail/misc/42'. `nnir' knows to remove the `/42' and to replace `/'
  1803. with `.' to arrive at the correct group name `mail.misc'.
  1804. Extra switches may be passed to the namazu search command by setting
  1805. the variable `nnir-namazu-additional-switches'. It is particularly
  1806. important not to pass any any switches to namazu that will change the
  1807. output format. Good switches to use include `-sort', `-ascending',
  1808. `-early' and `-late'. Refer to the Namazu documentation for further
  1809. information on valid switches.
  1810. Mail must first be indexed with the `mknmz' program. Read the
  1811. documentation for namazu to create a configuration file. Here is an
  1812. example:
  1813. package conf; # Don't remove this line!
  1814. # Paths which will not be indexed. Don't use `^' or `$' anchors.
  1815. $EXCLUDE_PATH = "spam|sent";
  1816. # Header fields which should be searchable. case-insensitive
  1817. $REMAIN_HEADER = "from|date|message-id|subject";
  1818. # Searchable fields. case-insensitive
  1819. $SEARCH_FIELD = "from|date|message-id|subject";
  1820. # The max length of a word.
  1821. $WORD_LENG_MAX = 128;
  1822. # The max length of a field.
  1823. $MAX_FIELD_LENGTH = 256;
  1824. For this example, mail is stored in the directories `~/Mail/mail/',
  1825. `~/Mail/lists/' and `~/Mail/archive/', so to index them go to the index
  1826. directory set in `nnir-namazu-index-directory' and issue the following
  1827. command:
  1828. mknmz --mailnews ~/Mail/archive/ ~/Mail/mail/ ~/Mail/lists/
  1829. For maximum searching efficiency you might want to have a cron job
  1830. run this command periodically, say every four hours.
  1831. 
  1832. File: gnus, Node: The hyrex Engine, Next: Customizations, Prev: The namazu Engine, Up: Setting up nnir
  1833. 8.1.3.7 The hyrex Engine
  1834. ........................
  1835. This engine is obsolete.
  1836. 
  1837. File: gnus, Node: Customizations, Prev: The hyrex Engine, Up: Setting up nnir
  1838. 8.1.3.8 Customizations
  1839. ......................
  1840. `nnir-method-default-engines'
  1841. Alist of server backend - search engine pairs. The default
  1842. associations are
  1843. (nnimap . imap)
  1844. (nntp . gmane)
  1845. `nnir-ignored-newsgroups'
  1846. A regexp to match newsgroups in the active file that should be
  1847. skipped when searching all groups on a server.
  1848. `nnir-summary-line-format'
  1849. The format specification to be used for lines in an nnir summary
  1850. buffer. All the items from `gnus-summary-line-format' are
  1851. available, along with three items unique to nnir summary buffers:
  1852. %Z Search retrieval score value (integer)
  1853. %G Article original full group name (string)
  1854. %g Article original short group name (string)
  1855. If nil (the default) this will use `gnus-summary-line-format'.
  1856. `nnir-retrieve-headers-override-function'
  1857. If non-nil, a function that retrieves article headers rather than
  1858. using the gnus built-in function. This function takes an article
  1859. list and group as arguments and populates the `nntp-server-buffer'
  1860. with the retrieved headers. It should then return either 'nov or
  1861. 'headers indicating the retrieved header format. Failure to
  1862. retrieve headers should return `nil'
  1863. If this variable is nil, or if the provided function returns nil
  1864. for a search result, `gnus-retrieve-headers' will be called
  1865. instead."
  1866. 
  1867. File: gnus, Node: nnmairix, Prev: nnir, Up: Searching
  1868. 8.2 nnmairix
  1869. ============
  1870. This paragraph describes how to set up mairix and the back end
  1871. `nnmairix' for indexing and searching your mail from within Gnus.
  1872. Additionally, you can create permanent "smart" groups which are bound
  1873. to mairix searches and are automatically updated.
  1874. * Menu:
  1875. * About mairix:: About the mairix mail search engine
  1876. * nnmairix requirements:: What you will need for using nnmairix
  1877. * What nnmairix does:: What does nnmairix actually do?
  1878. * Setting up mairix:: Set up your mairix installation
  1879. * Configuring nnmairix:: Set up the nnmairix back end
  1880. * nnmairix keyboard shortcuts:: List of available keyboard shortcuts
  1881. * Propagating marks:: How to propagate marks from nnmairix groups
  1882. * nnmairix tips and tricks:: Some tips, tricks and examples
  1883. * nnmairix caveats:: Some more stuff you might want to know
  1884. 
  1885. File: gnus, Node: About mairix, Next: nnmairix requirements, Up: nnmairix
  1886. 8.2.1 About mairix
  1887. ------------------
  1888. Mairix is a tool for indexing and searching words in locally stored
  1889. mail. It was written by Richard Curnow and is licensed under the GPL.
  1890. Mairix comes with most popular GNU/Linux distributions, but it also
  1891. runs under Windows (with cygwin), Mac OS X and Solaris. The homepage
  1892. can be found at `http://www.rpcurnow.force9.co.uk/mairix/index.html'
  1893. Though mairix might not be as flexible as other search tools like
  1894. swish++ or namazu, which you can use via the `nnir' back end, it has
  1895. the prime advantage of being incredibly fast. On current systems, it
  1896. can easily search through headers and message bodies of thousands and
  1897. thousands of mails in well under a second. Building the database
  1898. necessary for searching might take a minute or two, but only has to be
  1899. done once fully. Afterwards, the updates are done incrementally and
  1900. therefore are really fast, too. Additionally, mairix is very easy to
  1901. set up.
  1902. For maximum speed though, mairix should be used with mails stored in
  1903. `Maildir' or `MH' format (this includes the `nnml' back end), although
  1904. it also works with mbox. Mairix presents the search results by
  1905. populating a _virtual_ maildir/MH folder with symlinks which point to
  1906. the "real" message files (if mbox is used, copies are made). Since
  1907. mairix already presents search results in such a virtual mail folder,
  1908. it is very well suited for using it as an external program for creating
  1909. _smart_ mail folders, which represent certain mail searches.
  1910. 
  1911. File: gnus, Node: nnmairix requirements, Next: What nnmairix does, Prev: About mairix, Up: nnmairix
  1912. 8.2.2 nnmairix requirements
  1913. ---------------------------
  1914. Mairix searches local mail--that means, mairix absolutely must have
  1915. direct access to your mail folders. If your mail resides on another
  1916. server (e.g. an IMAP server) and you happen to have shell access,
  1917. `nnmairix' supports running mairix remotely, e.g. via ssh.
  1918. Additionally, `nnmairix' only supports the following Gnus back ends:
  1919. `nnml', `nnmaildir', and `nnimap'. You must use one of these back ends
  1920. for using `nnmairix'. Other back ends, like `nnmbox', `nnfolder' or
  1921. `nnmh', won't work.
  1922. If you absolutely must use mbox and still want to use `nnmairix',
  1923. you can set up a local IMAP server, which you then access via `nnimap'.
  1924. This is a rather massive setup for accessing some mbox files, so just
  1925. change to MH or Maildir already... However, if you're really, really
  1926. passionate about using mbox, you might want to look into the package
  1927. `mairix.el', which comes with Emacs 23.
  1928. 
  1929. File: gnus, Node: What nnmairix does, Next: Setting up mairix, Prev: nnmairix requirements, Up: nnmairix
  1930. 8.2.3 What nnmairix does
  1931. ------------------------
  1932. The back end `nnmairix' enables you to call mairix from within Gnus,
  1933. either to query mairix with a search term or to update the database.
  1934. While visiting a message in the summary buffer, you can use several
  1935. pre-defined shortcuts for calling mairix, e.g. to quickly search for
  1936. all mails from the sender of the current message or to display the
  1937. whole thread associated with the message, even if the mails are in
  1938. different folders.
  1939. Additionally, you can create permanent `nnmairix' groups which are
  1940. bound to certain mairix searches. This way, you can easily create a
  1941. group containing mails from a certain sender, with a certain subject
  1942. line or even for one specific thread based on the Message-ID. If you
  1943. check for new mail in these folders (e.g. by pressing `g' or `M-g'),
  1944. they automatically update themselves by calling mairix.
  1945. You might ask why you need `nnmairix' at all, since mairix already
  1946. creates the group, populates it with links to the mails so that you can
  1947. then access it with Gnus, right? Well, this _might_ work, but often
  1948. does not--at least not without problems. Most probably you will get
  1949. strange article counts, and sometimes you might see mails which Gnus
  1950. claims have already been canceled and are inaccessible. This is due to
  1951. the fact that Gnus isn't really amused when things are happening behind
  1952. its back. Another problem can be the mail back end itself, e.g. if you
  1953. use mairix with an IMAP server (I had Dovecot complaining about corrupt
  1954. index files when mairix changed the contents of the search group).
  1955. Using `nnmairix' should circumvent these problems.
  1956. `nnmairix' is not really a mail back end--it's actually more like a
  1957. wrapper, sitting between a "real" mail back end where mairix stores the
  1958. searches and the Gnus front end. You can choose between three
  1959. different mail back ends for the mairix folders: `nnml', `nnmaildir' or
  1960. `nnimap'. `nnmairix' will call the mairix binary so that the search
  1961. results are stored in folders named `zz_mairix-<NAME>-<NUMBER>' on this
  1962. mail back end, but it will present these folders in the Gnus front end
  1963. only with `<NAME>'. You can use an existing mail back end where you
  1964. already store your mail, but if you're uncomfortable with `nnmairix'
  1965. creating new mail groups alongside your other mail, you can also create
  1966. e.g. a new `nnmaildir' or `nnml' server exclusively for mairix, but then
  1967. make sure those servers do not accidentally receive your new mail
  1968. (*note nnmairix caveats::). A special case exists if you want to use
  1969. mairix remotely on an IMAP server with `nnimap'--here the mairix
  1970. folders and your other mail must be on the same `nnimap' back end.
  1971. 
  1972. File: gnus, Node: Setting up mairix, Next: Configuring nnmairix, Prev: What nnmairix does, Up: nnmairix
  1973. 8.2.4 Setting up mairix
  1974. -----------------------
  1975. First: create a backup of your mail folders (*note nnmairix caveats::).
  1976. Setting up mairix is easy: simply create a `.mairixrc' file with (at
  1977. least) the following entries:
  1978. # Your Maildir/MH base folder
  1979. base=~/Maildir
  1980. This is the base folder for your mails. All the following
  1981. directories are relative to this base folder. If you want to use
  1982. `nnmairix' with `nnimap', this base directory has to point to the mail
  1983. directory where the IMAP server stores the mail folders!
  1984. maildir= ... your maildir folders which should be indexed ...
  1985. mh= ... your nnml/mh folders which should be indexed ...
  1986. mbox = ... your mbox files which should be indexed ...
  1987. This specifies all your mail folders and mbox files (relative to the
  1988. base directory!) you want to index with mairix. Note that the `nnml'
  1989. back end saves mails in MH format, so you have to put those directories
  1990. in the `mh' line. See the example at the end of this section and
  1991. mairixrc's man-page for further details.
  1992. omit=zz_mairix-*
  1993. This should make sure that you don't accidentally index the mairix
  1994. search results. You can change the prefix of these folders with the
  1995. variable `nnmairix-group-prefix'.
  1996. mformat= ... 'maildir' or 'mh' ...
  1997. database= ... location of database file ...
  1998. The `format' setting specifies the output format for the mairix
  1999. search folder. Set this to `mh' if you want to access search results
  2000. with `nnml'. Otherwise choose `maildir'.
  2001. To summarize, here is my shortened `.mairixrc' file as an example:
  2002. base=~/Maildir
  2003. maildir=.personal:.work:.logcheck:.sent
  2004. mh=../Mail/nnml/*...
  2005. mbox=../mboxmail/mailarchive_year*
  2006. mformat=maildir
  2007. omit=zz_mairix-*
  2008. database=~/.mairixdatabase
  2009. In this case, the base directory is `~/Maildir', where all my Maildir
  2010. folders are stored. As you can see, the folders are separated by
  2011. colons. If you wonder why every folder begins with a dot: this is
  2012. because I use Dovecot as IMAP server, which again uses `Maildir++'
  2013. folders. For testing nnmairix, I also have some `nnml' mail, which is
  2014. saved in `~/Mail/nnml'. Since this has to be specified relative to the
  2015. `base' directory, the `../Mail' notation is needed. Note that the line
  2016. ends in `*...', which means to recursively scan all files under this
  2017. directory. Without the three dots, the wildcard `*' will not work
  2018. recursively. I also have some old mbox files with archived mail lying
  2019. around in `~/mboxmail'. The other lines should be obvious.
  2020. See the man page for `mairixrc' for details and further options,
  2021. especially regarding wildcard usage, which may be a little different
  2022. than you are used to.
  2023. Now simply call `mairix' to create the index for the first time.
  2024. Note that this may take a few minutes, but every following index will do
  2025. the updates incrementally and hence is very fast.
  2026. 
  2027. File: gnus, Node: Configuring nnmairix, Next: nnmairix keyboard shortcuts, Prev: Setting up mairix, Up: nnmairix
  2028. 8.2.5 Configuring nnmairix
  2029. --------------------------
  2030. In group mode, type `G b c'
  2031. (`nnmairix-create-server-and-default-group'). This will ask you for all
  2032. necessary information and create a `nnmairix' server as a foreign
  2033. server. You will have to specify the following:
  2034. * The *name* of the `nnmairix' server--choose whatever you want.
  2035. * The name of the *back end server* where mairix should store its
  2036. searches. This must be a full server name, like `nnml:mymail'.
  2037. Just hit `TAB' to see the available servers. Currently, servers
  2038. which are accessed through `nnmaildir', `nnimap' and `nnml' are
  2039. supported. As explained above, for locally stored mails, this can
  2040. be an existing server where you store your mails. However, you
  2041. can also create e.g. a new `nnmaildir' or `nnml' server
  2042. exclusively for `nnmairix' in your secondary select methods (*note
  2043. Finding the News::). If you use a secondary `nnml' server just
  2044. for mairix, make sure that you explicitly set the server variable
  2045. `nnml-get-new-mail' to `nil', or you might lose mail (*note
  2046. nnmairix caveats::). If you want to use mairix remotely on an
  2047. IMAP server, you have to choose the corresponding `nnimap' server
  2048. here.
  2049. * The *command* to call the mairix binary. This will usually just
  2050. be `mairix', but you can also choose something like `ssh SERVER
  2051. mairix' if you want to call mairix remotely, e.g. on your IMAP
  2052. server. If you want to add some default options to mairix, you
  2053. could do this here, but better use the variable
  2054. `nnmairix-mairix-search-options' instead.
  2055. * The name of the *default search group*. This will be the group
  2056. where all temporary mairix searches are stored, i.e. all searches
  2057. which are not bound to permanent `nnmairix' groups. Choose
  2058. whatever you like.
  2059. * If the mail back end is `nnimap' or `nnmaildir', you will be asked
  2060. if you work with *Maildir++*, i.e. with hidden maildir folders
  2061. (=beginning with a dot). For example, you have to answer `yes'
  2062. here if you work with the Dovecot IMAP server. Otherwise, you
  2063. should answer `no' here.
  2064. 
  2065. File: gnus, Node: nnmairix keyboard shortcuts, Next: Propagating marks, Prev: Configuring nnmairix, Up: nnmairix
  2066. 8.2.6 nnmairix keyboard shortcuts
  2067. ---------------------------------
  2068. In group mode:
  2069. `G b c'
  2070. Creates `nnmairix' server and default search group for this server
  2071. (`nnmairix-create-server-and-default-group'). You should have done
  2072. this by now (*note Configuring nnmairix::).
  2073. `G b s'
  2074. Prompts for query which is then sent to the mairix binary. Search
  2075. results are put into the default search group which is
  2076. automatically displayed (`nnmairix-search').
  2077. `G b m'
  2078. Allows you to create a mairix search or a permanent group more
  2079. comfortably using graphical widgets, similar to a customization
  2080. group. Just try it to see how it works (`nnmairix-widget-search').
  2081. `G b i'
  2082. Another command for creating a mairix query more comfortably, but
  2083. uses only the minibuffer (`nnmairix-search-interactive').
  2084. `G b g'
  2085. Creates a permanent group which is associated with a search query
  2086. (`nnmairix-create-search-group'). The `nnmairix' back end
  2087. automatically calls mairix when you update this group with `g' or
  2088. `M-g'.
  2089. `G b q'
  2090. Changes the search query for the `nnmairix' group under cursor
  2091. (`nnmairix-group-change-query-this-group').
  2092. `G b t'
  2093. Toggles the 'threads' parameter for the `nnmairix' group under
  2094. cursor, i.e. if you want see the whole threads of the found
  2095. messages (`nnmairix-group-toggle-threads-this-group').
  2096. `G b u'
  2097. Calls mairix binary for updating the database
  2098. (`nnmairix-update-database'). The default parameters are `-F' and
  2099. `-Q' for making this as fast as possible (see variable
  2100. `nnmairix-mairix-update-options' for defining these default
  2101. options).
  2102. `G b r'
  2103. Keep articles in this `nnmairix' group always read or unread, or
  2104. leave the marks unchanged
  2105. (`nnmairix-group-toggle-readmarks-this-group').
  2106. `G b d'
  2107. Recreate `nnmairix' group on the "real" mail back end
  2108. (`nnmairix-group-delete-recreate-this-group'). You can do this if
  2109. you always get wrong article counts with a `nnmairix' group.
  2110. `G b a'
  2111. Toggles the `allow-fast' parameters for group under cursor
  2112. (`nnmairix-group-toggle-allowfast-this-group'). The default
  2113. behavior of `nnmairix' is to do a mairix search every time you
  2114. update or enter the group. With the `allow-fast' parameter set,
  2115. mairix will only be called when you explicitly update the group,
  2116. but not upon entering. This makes entering the group faster, but
  2117. it may also lead to dangling symlinks if something changed between
  2118. updating and entering the group which is not yet in the mairix
  2119. database.
  2120. `G b p'
  2121. Toggle marks propagation for this group
  2122. (`nnmairix-group-toggle-propmarks-this-group'). (*note
  2123. Propagating marks::).
  2124. `G b o'
  2125. Manually propagate marks (`nnmairix-propagate-marks'); needed only
  2126. when `nnmairix-propagate-marks-upon-close' is set to `nil'.
  2127. In summary mode:
  2128. `$ m'
  2129. Allows you to create a mairix query or group based on the current
  2130. message using graphical widgets (same as `nnmairix-widget-search')
  2131. (`nnmairix-widget-search-from-this-article').
  2132. `$ g'
  2133. Interactively creates a new search group with query based on the
  2134. current message, but uses the minibuffer instead of graphical
  2135. widgets (`nnmairix-create-search-group-from-message').
  2136. `$ t'
  2137. Searches thread for the current article
  2138. (`nnmairix-search-thread-this-article'). This is effectively a
  2139. shortcut for calling `nnmairix-search' with `m:msgid' of the
  2140. current article and enabled threads.
  2141. `$ f'
  2142. Searches all messages from sender of the current article
  2143. (`nnmairix-search-from-this-article'). This is a shortcut for
  2144. calling `nnmairix-search' with `f:From'.
  2145. `$ o'
  2146. (Only in `nnmairix' groups!) Tries determine the group this article
  2147. originally came from and displays the article in this group, so
  2148. that e.g. replying to this article the correct posting styles/group
  2149. parameters are applied (`nnmairix-goto-original-article'). This
  2150. function will use the registry if available, but can also parse the
  2151. article file name as a fallback method.
  2152. `$ u'
  2153. Remove possibly existing tick mark from original article
  2154. (`nnmairix-remove-tick-mark-original-article'). (*note nnmairix
  2155. tips and tricks::).
  2156. 
  2157. File: gnus, Node: Propagating marks, Next: nnmairix tips and tricks, Prev: nnmairix keyboard shortcuts, Up: nnmairix
  2158. 8.2.7 Propagating marks
  2159. -----------------------
  2160. First of: you really need a patched mairix binary for using the marks
  2161. propagation feature efficiently. Otherwise, you would have to update
  2162. the mairix database all the time. You can get the patch at
  2163. `http://www.randomsample.de/mairix-maildir-patch.tar'
  2164. You need the mairix v0.21 source code for this patch; everything else
  2165. is explained in the accompanied readme file. If you don't want to use
  2166. marks propagation, you don't have to apply these patches, but they also
  2167. fix some annoyances regarding changing maildir flags, so it might still
  2168. be useful to you.
  2169. With the patched mairix binary, you can use `nnmairix' as an
  2170. alternative to mail splitting (*note Fancy Mail Splitting::). For
  2171. example, instead of splitting all mails from `david@foobar.com' into a
  2172. group, you can simply create a search group with the query
  2173. `f:david@foobar.com'. This is actually what "smart folders" are all
  2174. about: simply put everything in one mail folder and dynamically create
  2175. searches instead of splitting. This is more flexible, since you can
  2176. dynamically change your folders any time you want to. This also implies
  2177. that you will usually read your mails in the `nnmairix' groups instead
  2178. of your "real" mail groups.
  2179. There is one problem, though: say you got a new mail from
  2180. `david@foobar.com'; it will now show up in two groups, the "real" group
  2181. (your INBOX, for example) and in the `nnmairix' search group (provided
  2182. you have updated the mairix database). Now you enter the `nnmairix'
  2183. group and read the mail. The mail will be marked as read, but only in
  2184. the `nnmairix' group--in the "real" mail group it will be still shown
  2185. as unread.
  2186. You could now catch up the mail group (*note Group Data::), but this
  2187. is tedious and error prone, since you may overlook mails you don't have
  2188. created `nnmairix' groups for. Of course, you could first use
  2189. `nnmairix-goto-original-article' (*note nnmairix keyboard shortcuts::)
  2190. and then read the mail in the original group, but that's even more
  2191. cumbersome.
  2192. Clearly, the easiest way would be if marks could somehow be
  2193. automatically set for the original article. This is exactly what _marks
  2194. propagation_ is about.
  2195. Marks propagation is inactive by default. You can activate it for a
  2196. certain `nnmairix' group with
  2197. `nnmairix-group-toggle-propmarks-this-group' (bound to `G b p'). This
  2198. function will warn you if you try to use it with your default search
  2199. group; the reason is that the default search group is used for
  2200. temporary searches, and it's easy to accidentally propagate marks from
  2201. this group. However, you can ignore this warning if you really want to.
  2202. With marks propagation enabled, all the marks you set in a `nnmairix'
  2203. group should now be propagated to the original article. For example,
  2204. you can now tick an article (by default with `!') and this mark should
  2205. magically be set for the original article, too.
  2206. A few more remarks which you may or may not want to know:
  2207. Marks will not be set immediately, but only upon closing a group.
  2208. This not only makes marks propagation faster, it also avoids problems
  2209. with dangling symlinks when dealing with maildir files (since changing
  2210. flags will change the file name). You can also control when to
  2211. propagate marks via `nnmairix-propagate-marks-upon-close' (see the
  2212. doc-string for details).
  2213. Obviously, `nnmairix' will have to look up the original group for
  2214. every article you want to set marks for. If available, `nnmairix' will
  2215. first use the registry for determining the original group. The registry
  2216. is very fast, hence you should really, really enable the registry when
  2217. using marks propagation. If you don't have to worry about RAM and disc
  2218. space, set `gnus-registry-max-entries' to a large enough value; to be on
  2219. the safe side, choose roughly the amount of mails you index with mairix.
  2220. If you don't want to use the registry or the registry hasn't seen the
  2221. original article yet, `nnmairix' will use an additional mairix search
  2222. for determining the file name of the article. This, of course, is way
  2223. slower than the registry--if you set hundreds or even thousands of
  2224. marks this way, it might take some time. You can avoid this situation by
  2225. setting `nnmairix-only-use-registry' to t.
  2226. Maybe you also want to propagate marks the other way round, i.e. if
  2227. you tick an article in a "real" mail group, you'd like to have the same
  2228. article in a `nnmairix' group ticked, too. For several good reasons,
  2229. this can only be done efficiently if you use maildir. To immediately
  2230. contradict myself, let me mention that it WON'T work with `nnmaildir',
  2231. since `nnmaildir' stores the marks externally and not in the file name.
  2232. Therefore, propagating marks to `nnmairix' groups will usually only
  2233. work if you use an IMAP server which uses maildir as its file format.
  2234. If you work with this setup, just set
  2235. `nnmairix-propagate-marks-to-nnmairix-groups' to `t' and see what
  2236. happens. If you don't like what you see, just set it to `nil' again. One
  2237. problem might be that you get a wrong number of unread articles; this
  2238. usually happens when you delete or expire articles in the original
  2239. groups. When this happens, you can recreate the `nnmairix' group on the
  2240. back end using `G b d'.
  2241. 
  2242. File: gnus, Node: nnmairix tips and tricks, Next: nnmairix caveats, Prev: Propagating marks, Up: nnmairix
  2243. 8.2.8 nnmairix tips and tricks
  2244. ------------------------------
  2245. * Checking Mail
  2246. I put all my important mail groups at group level 1. The mairix
  2247. groups have group level 5, so they do not get checked at start up
  2248. (*note Group Levels::).
  2249. I use the following to check for mails:
  2250. (defun my-check-mail-mairix-update (level)
  2251. (interactive "P")
  2252. ;; if no prefix given, set level=1
  2253. (gnus-group-get-new-news (or level 1))
  2254. (nnmairix-update-groups "mairixsearch" t t)
  2255. (gnus-group-list-groups))
  2256. (define-key gnus-group-mode-map "g" 'my-check-mail-mairix-update)
  2257. Instead of `"mairixsearch"' use the name of your `nnmairix'
  2258. server. See the doc string for `nnmairix-update-groups' for
  2259. details.
  2260. * Example: search group for ticked articles
  2261. For example, you can create a group for all ticked articles, where
  2262. the articles always stay unread:
  2263. Hit `G b g', enter group name (e.g. `important'), use `F:f' as
  2264. query and do not include threads.
  2265. Now activate marks propagation for this group by using `G b p'.
  2266. Then activate the always-unread feature by using `G b r' twice.
  2267. So far so good--but how do you remove the tick marks in the
  2268. `nnmairix' group? There are two options: You may simply use
  2269. `nnmairix-remove-tick-mark-original-article' (bound to `$ u') to
  2270. remove tick marks from the original article. The other possibility
  2271. is to set `nnmairix-propagate-marks-to-nnmairix-groups' to `t',
  2272. but see the above comments about this option. If it works for
  2273. you, the tick marks should also exist in the `nnmairix' group and
  2274. you can remove them as usual, e.g. by marking an article as read.
  2275. When you have removed a tick mark from the original article, this
  2276. article should vanish from the `nnmairix' group after you have
  2277. updated the mairix database and updated the group. Fortunately,
  2278. there is a function for doing exactly that:
  2279. `nnmairix-update-groups'. See the previous code snippet and the
  2280. doc string for details.
  2281. * Dealing with auto-subscription of mail groups
  2282. As described before, all `nnmairix' groups are in fact stored on
  2283. the mail back end in the form `zz_mairix-<NAME>-<NUMBER>'. You can
  2284. see them when you enter the back end server in the server buffer.
  2285. You should not subscribe these groups! Unfortunately, these groups
  2286. will usually get _auto-subscribed_ when you use `nnmaildir' or
  2287. `nnml', i.e. you will suddenly see groups of the form `zz_mairix*'
  2288. pop up in your group buffer. If this happens to you, simply kill
  2289. these groups with C-k. For avoiding this, turn off
  2290. auto-subscription completely by setting the variable
  2291. `gnus-auto-subscribed-groups' to `nil' (*note Filtering New
  2292. Groups::), or if you like to keep this feature use the following
  2293. kludge for turning it off for all groups beginning with `zz_':
  2294. (setq gnus-auto-subscribed-groups
  2295. "^\\(nnml\\|nnfolder\\|nnmbox\\|nnmh\\|nnbabyl\\|nnmaildir\\).*:\\([^z]\\|z$\\|\\z[^z]\\|zz$\\|zz[^_]\\|zz_$\\).*")
  2296. 
  2297. File: gnus, Node: nnmairix caveats, Prev: nnmairix tips and tricks, Up: nnmairix
  2298. 8.2.9 nnmairix caveats
  2299. ----------------------
  2300. * You can create a secondary `nnml' server just for nnmairix, but
  2301. then you have to explicitly set the corresponding server variable
  2302. `nnml-get-new-mail' to `nil'. Otherwise, new mail might get put
  2303. into this secondary server (and would never show up again). Here's
  2304. an example server definition:
  2305. (nnml "mairix" (nnml-directory "mairix") (nnml-get-new-mail nil))
  2306. (The `nnmaildir' back end also has a server variable
  2307. `get-new-mail', but its default value is `nil', so you don't have
  2308. to explicitly set it if you use a `nnmaildir' server just for
  2309. mairix.)
  2310. * If you use the Gnus registry: don't use the registry with
  2311. `nnmairix' groups (put them in `gnus-registry-unfollowed-groups';
  2312. this is the default). Be _extra careful_ if you use
  2313. `gnus-registry-split-fancy-with-parent'; mails which are split
  2314. into `nnmairix' groups are usually gone for good as soon as you
  2315. check the group for new mail (yes, it has happened to me...).
  2316. * Therefore: _Never ever_ put "real" mails into `nnmairix' groups
  2317. (you shouldn't be able to, anyway).
  2318. * If you use the Gnus agent (*note Gnus Unplugged::): don't agentize
  2319. `nnmairix' groups (though I have no idea what happens if you do).
  2320. * mairix does only support us-ascii characters.
  2321. * `nnmairix' uses a rather brute force method to force Gnus to
  2322. completely reread the group on the mail back end after mairix was
  2323. called--it simply deletes and re-creates the group on the mail
  2324. back end. So far, this has worked for me without any problems, and
  2325. I don't see how `nnmairix' could delete other mail groups than its
  2326. own, but anyway: you really should have a backup of your mail
  2327. folders.
  2328. * All necessary information is stored in the group parameters (*note
  2329. Group Parameters::). This has the advantage that no active file is
  2330. needed, but also implies that when you kill a `nnmairix' group, it
  2331. is gone for good.
  2332. * If you create and kill a lot of `nnmairix' groups, the
  2333. "zz_mairix-*" groups will accumulate on the mail back end server.
  2334. To delete old groups which are no longer needed, call
  2335. `nnmairix-purge-old-groups'. Note that this assumes that you don't
  2336. save any "real" mail in folders of the form
  2337. `zz_mairix-<NAME>-<NUMBER>'. You can change the prefix of
  2338. `nnmairix' groups by changing the variable `nnmairix-group-prefix'.
  2339. * The following only applies if you _don't_ use the mentioned patch
  2340. for mairix (*note Propagating marks::):
  2341. A problem can occur when using `nnmairix' with maildir folders and
  2342. comes with the fact that maildir stores mail flags like `Seen' or
  2343. `Replied' by appending chars `S' and `R' to the message file name,
  2344. respectively. This implies that currently you would have to update
  2345. the mairix database not only when new mail arrives, but also when
  2346. mail flags are changing. The same applies to new mails which are
  2347. indexed while they are still in the `new' folder but then get
  2348. moved to `cur' when Gnus has seen the mail. If you don't update
  2349. the database after this has happened, a mairix query can lead to
  2350. symlinks pointing to non-existing files. In Gnus, these messages
  2351. will usually appear with "(none)" entries in the header and can't
  2352. be accessed. If this happens to you, using `G b u' and updating
  2353. the group will usually fix this.
  2354. 
  2355. File: gnus, Node: Various, Next: The End, Prev: Searching, Up: Top
  2356. 9 Various
  2357. *********
  2358. * Menu:
  2359. * Process/Prefix:: A convention used by many treatment commands.
  2360. * Interactive:: Making Gnus ask you many questions.
  2361. * Symbolic Prefixes:: How to supply some Gnus functions with options.
  2362. * Formatting Variables:: You can specify what buffers should look like.
  2363. * Window Layout:: Configuring the Gnus buffer windows.
  2364. * Faces and Fonts:: How to change how faces look.
  2365. * Compilation:: How to speed Gnus up.
  2366. * Mode Lines:: Displaying information in the mode lines.
  2367. * Highlighting and Menus:: Making buffers look all nice and cozy.
  2368. * Daemons:: Gnus can do things behind your back.
  2369. * Undo:: Some actions can be undone.
  2370. * Predicate Specifiers:: Specifying predicates.
  2371. * Moderation:: What to do if you're a moderator.
  2372. * Fetching a Group:: Starting Gnus just to read a group.
  2373. * Image Enhancements:: Modern versions of Emacs/XEmacs can display images.
  2374. * Fuzzy Matching:: What's the big fuzz?
  2375. * Thwarting Email Spam:: Simple ways to avoid unsolicited commercial email.
  2376. * Spam Package:: A package for filtering and processing spam.
  2377. * The Gnus Registry:: A package for tracking messages by Message-ID.
  2378. * Other modes:: Interaction with other modes.
  2379. * Various Various:: Things that are really various.
  2380. 
  2381. File: gnus, Node: Process/Prefix, Next: Interactive, Up: Various
  2382. 9.1 Process/Prefix
  2383. ==================
  2384. Many functions, among them functions for moving, decoding and saving
  2385. articles, use what is known as the "Process/Prefix convention".
  2386. This is a method for figuring out what articles the user wants the
  2387. command to be performed on.
  2388. It goes like this:
  2389. If the numeric prefix is N, perform the operation on the next N
  2390. articles, starting with the current one. If the numeric prefix is
  2391. negative, perform the operation on the previous N articles, starting
  2392. with the current one.
  2393. If `transient-mark-mode' in non-`nil' and the region is active, all
  2394. articles in the region will be worked upon.
  2395. If there is no numeric prefix, but some articles are marked with the
  2396. process mark, perform the operation on the articles marked with the
  2397. process mark.
  2398. If there is neither a numeric prefix nor any articles marked with the
  2399. process mark, just perform the operation on the current article.
  2400. Quite simple, really, but it needs to be made clear so that surprises
  2401. are avoided.
  2402. Commands that react to the process mark will push the current list of
  2403. process marked articles onto a stack and will then clear all process
  2404. marked articles. You can restore the previous configuration with the
  2405. `M P y' command (*note Setting Process Marks::).
  2406. One thing that seems to shock & horrify lots of people is that, for
  2407. instance, `3 d' does exactly the same as `d' `d' `d'. Since each `d'
  2408. (which marks the current article as read) by default goes to the next
  2409. unread article after marking, this means that `3 d' will mark the next
  2410. three unread articles as read, no matter what the summary buffer looks
  2411. like. Set `gnus-summary-goto-unread' to `nil' for a more
  2412. straightforward action.
  2413. Many commands do not use the process/prefix convention. All commands
  2414. that do explicitly say so in this manual. To apply the process/prefix
  2415. convention to commands that do not use it, you can use the `M-&'
  2416. command. For instance, to mark all the articles in the group as
  2417. expirable, you could say `M P b M-& E'.
  2418. 
  2419. File: gnus, Node: Interactive, Next: Symbolic Prefixes, Prev: Process/Prefix, Up: Various
  2420. 9.2 Interactive
  2421. ===============
  2422. `gnus-novice-user'
  2423. If this variable is non-`nil', you are either a newcomer to the
  2424. World of Usenet, or you are very cautious, which is a nice thing
  2425. to be, really. You will be given questions of the type "Are you
  2426. sure you want to do this?" before doing anything dangerous. This
  2427. is `t' by default.
  2428. `gnus-expert-user'
  2429. If this variable is non-`nil', you will seldom be asked any
  2430. questions by Gnus. It will simply assume you know what you're
  2431. doing, no matter how strange. For example, quitting Gnus, exiting
  2432. a group without an update, catching up with a group, deleting
  2433. expired articles, and replying by mail to a news message will not
  2434. require confirmation.
  2435. `gnus-interactive-catchup'
  2436. Require confirmation before catching up a group if non-`nil'. It
  2437. is `t' by default.
  2438. `gnus-interactive-exit'
  2439. If non-`nil', require a confirmation when exiting Gnus. If
  2440. `quiet', update any active summary buffers automatically without
  2441. querying. The default value is `t'.
  2442. 
  2443. File: gnus, Node: Symbolic Prefixes, Next: Formatting Variables, Prev: Interactive, Up: Various
  2444. 9.3 Symbolic Prefixes
  2445. =====================
  2446. Quite a lot of Emacs commands react to the (numeric) prefix. For
  2447. instance, `C-u 4 C-f' moves point four characters forward, and `C-u 9 0
  2448. 0 I s s p' adds a permanent `Subject' substring score rule of 900 to
  2449. the current article.
  2450. This is all nice and well, but what if you want to give a command
  2451. some additional information? Well, what most commands do is interpret
  2452. the "raw" prefix in some special way. `C-u 0 C-x C-s' means that one
  2453. doesn't want a backup file to be created when saving the current buffer,
  2454. for instance. But what if you want to save without making a backup
  2455. file, and you want Emacs to flash lights and play a nice tune at the
  2456. same time? You can't, and you're probably perfectly happy that way.
  2457. I'm not, so I've added a second prefix--the "symbolic prefix". The
  2458. prefix key is `M-i' (`gnus-symbolic-argument'), and the next character
  2459. typed in is the value. You can stack as many `M-i' prefixes as you
  2460. want. `M-i a C-M-u' means "feed the `C-M-u' command the symbolic
  2461. prefix `a'". `M-i a M-i b C-M-u' means "feed the `C-M-u' command the
  2462. symbolic prefixes `a' and `b'". You get the drift.
  2463. Typing in symbolic prefixes to commands that don't accept them
  2464. doesn't hurt, but it doesn't do any good either. Currently not many
  2465. Gnus functions make use of the symbolic prefix.
  2466. If you're interested in how Gnus implements this, *note Extended
  2467. Interactive::.
  2468. 
  2469. File: gnus, Node: Formatting Variables, Next: Window Layout, Prev: Symbolic Prefixes, Up: Various
  2470. 9.4 Formatting Variables
  2471. ========================
  2472. Throughout this manual you've probably noticed lots of variables called
  2473. things like `gnus-group-line-format' and
  2474. `gnus-summary-mode-line-format'. These control how Gnus is to output
  2475. lines in the various buffers. There's quite a lot of them.
  2476. Fortunately, they all use the same syntax, so there's not that much to
  2477. be annoyed by.
  2478. Here's an example format spec (from the group buffer): `%M%S%5y:
  2479. %(%g%)\n'. We see that it is indeed extremely ugly, and that there are
  2480. lots of percentages everywhere.
  2481. * Menu:
  2482. * Formatting Basics:: A formatting variable is basically a format string.
  2483. * Mode Line Formatting:: Some rules about mode line formatting variables.
  2484. * Advanced Formatting:: Modifying output in various ways.
  2485. * User-Defined Specs:: Having Gnus call your own functions.
  2486. * Formatting Fonts:: Making the formatting look colorful and nice.
  2487. * Positioning Point:: Moving point to a position after an operation.
  2488. * Tabulation:: Tabulating your output.
  2489. * Wide Characters:: Dealing with wide characters.
  2490. Currently Gnus uses the following formatting variables:
  2491. `gnus-group-line-format', `gnus-summary-line-format',
  2492. `gnus-server-line-format', `gnus-topic-line-format',
  2493. `gnus-group-mode-line-format', `gnus-summary-mode-line-format',
  2494. `gnus-article-mode-line-format', `gnus-server-mode-line-format', and
  2495. `gnus-summary-pick-line-format'.
  2496. All these format variables can also be arbitrary elisp forms. In
  2497. that case, they will be `eval'ed to insert the required lines.
  2498. Gnus includes a command to help you while creating your own format
  2499. specs. `M-x gnus-update-format' will `eval' the current form, update
  2500. the spec in question and pop you to a buffer where you can examine the
  2501. resulting Lisp code to be run to generate the line.
  2502. 
  2503. File: gnus, Node: Formatting Basics, Next: Mode Line Formatting, Up: Formatting Variables
  2504. 9.4.1 Formatting Basics
  2505. -----------------------
  2506. Each `%' element will be replaced by some string or other when the
  2507. buffer in question is generated. `%5y' means "insert the `y' spec, and
  2508. pad with spaces to get a 5-character field".
  2509. As with normal C and Emacs Lisp formatting strings, the numerical
  2510. modifier between the `%' and the formatting type character will "pad"
  2511. the output so that it is always at least that long. `%5y' will make
  2512. the field always (at least) five characters wide by padding with spaces
  2513. to the left. If you say `%-5y', it will pad to the right instead.
  2514. You may also wish to limit the length of the field to protect against
  2515. particularly wide values. For that you can say `%4,6y', which means
  2516. that the field will never be more than 6 characters wide and never less
  2517. than 4 characters wide.
  2518. Also Gnus supports some extended format specifications, such as
  2519. `%&user-date;'.
  2520. 
  2521. File: gnus, Node: Mode Line Formatting, Next: Advanced Formatting, Prev: Formatting Basics, Up: Formatting Variables
  2522. 9.4.2 Mode Line Formatting
  2523. --------------------------
  2524. Mode line formatting variables (e.g., `gnus-summary-mode-line-format')
  2525. follow the same rules as other, buffer line oriented formatting
  2526. variables (*note Formatting Basics::) with the following two
  2527. differences:
  2528. 1. There must be no newline (`\n') at the end.
  2529. 2. The special `%%b' spec can be used to display the buffer name.
  2530. Well, it's no spec at all, really--`%%' is just a way to quote `%'
  2531. to allow it to pass through the formatting machinery unmangled, so
  2532. that Emacs receives `%b', which is something the Emacs mode line
  2533. display interprets to mean "show the buffer name". For a full
  2534. list of mode line specs Emacs understands, see the documentation
  2535. of the `mode-line-format' variable.
  2536. 
  2537. File: gnus, Node: Advanced Formatting, Next: User-Defined Specs, Prev: Mode Line Formatting, Up: Formatting Variables
  2538. 9.4.3 Advanced Formatting
  2539. -------------------------
  2540. It is frequently useful to post-process the fields in some way.
  2541. Padding, limiting, cutting off parts and suppressing certain values can
  2542. be achieved by using "tilde modifiers". A typical tilde spec might
  2543. look like `%~(cut 3)~(ignore "0")y'.
  2544. These are the valid modifiers:
  2545. `pad'
  2546. `pad-left'
  2547. Pad the field to the left with spaces until it reaches the required
  2548. length.
  2549. `pad-right'
  2550. Pad the field to the right with spaces until it reaches the
  2551. required length.
  2552. `max'
  2553. `max-left'
  2554. Cut off characters from the left until it reaches the specified
  2555. length.
  2556. `max-right'
  2557. Cut off characters from the right until it reaches the specified
  2558. length.
  2559. `cut'
  2560. `cut-left'
  2561. Cut off the specified number of characters from the left.
  2562. `cut-right'
  2563. Cut off the specified number of characters from the right.
  2564. `ignore'
  2565. Return an empty string if the field is equal to the specified
  2566. value.
  2567. `form'
  2568. Use the specified form as the field value when the `@' spec is
  2569. used.
  2570. Here's an example:
  2571. "~(form (current-time-string))@"
  2572. Let's take an example. The `%o' spec in the summary mode lines will
  2573. return a date in compact ISO8601 format--`19960809T230410'. This is
  2574. quite a mouthful, so we want to shave off the century number and the
  2575. time, leaving us with a six-character date. That would be `%~(cut-left
  2576. 2)~(max-right 6)~(pad 6)o'. (Cutting is done before maxing, and we
  2577. need the padding to ensure that the date is never less than 6
  2578. characters to make it look nice in columns.)
  2579. Ignoring is done first; then cutting; then maxing; and then as the
  2580. very last operation, padding.
  2581. If you use lots of these advanced thingies, you'll find that Gnus
  2582. gets quite slow. This can be helped enormously by running `M-x
  2583. gnus-compile' when you are satisfied with the look of your lines.
  2584. *Note Compilation::.
  2585. 
  2586. File: gnus, Node: User-Defined Specs, Next: Formatting Fonts, Prev: Advanced Formatting, Up: Formatting Variables
  2587. 9.4.4 User-Defined Specs
  2588. ------------------------
  2589. All the specs allow for inserting user defined specifiers--`u'. The
  2590. next character in the format string should be a letter. Gnus will call
  2591. the function `gnus-user-format-function-'`X', where `X' is the letter
  2592. following `%u'. The function will be passed a single parameter--what
  2593. the parameter means depends on what buffer it's being called from. The
  2594. function should return a string, which will be inserted into the buffer
  2595. just like information from any other specifier. This function may also
  2596. be called with dummy values, so it should protect against that.
  2597. Also Gnus supports extended user-defined specs, such as `%u&foo;'.
  2598. Gnus will call the function `gnus-user-format-function-'`foo'.
  2599. You can also use tilde modifiers (*note Advanced Formatting:: to
  2600. achieve much the same without defining new functions. Here's an
  2601. example: `%~(form (count-lines (point-min) (point)))@'. The form given
  2602. here will be evaluated to yield the current line number, and then
  2603. inserted.
  2604. 
  2605. File: gnus, Node: Formatting Fonts, Next: Positioning Point, Prev: User-Defined Specs, Up: Formatting Variables
  2606. 9.4.5 Formatting Fonts
  2607. ----------------------
  2608. There are specs for highlighting, and these are shared by all the format
  2609. variables. Text inside the `%(' and `%)' specifiers will get the
  2610. special `mouse-face' property set, which means that it will be
  2611. highlighted (with `gnus-mouse-face') when you put the mouse pointer
  2612. over it.
  2613. Text inside the `%{' and `%}' specifiers will have their normal
  2614. faces set using `gnus-face-0', which is `bold' by default. If you say
  2615. `%1{', you'll get `gnus-face-1' instead, and so on. Create as many
  2616. faces as you wish. The same goes for the `mouse-face' specs--you can
  2617. say `%3(hello%)' to have `hello' mouse-highlighted with
  2618. `gnus-mouse-face-3'.
  2619. Text inside the `%<<' and `%>>' specifiers will get the special
  2620. `balloon-help' property set to `gnus-balloon-face-0'. If you say
  2621. `%1<<', you'll get `gnus-balloon-face-1' and so on. The
  2622. `gnus-balloon-face-*' variables should be either strings or symbols
  2623. naming functions that return a string. When the mouse passes over text
  2624. with this property set, a balloon window will appear and display the
  2625. string. Please refer to *note Tooltips: (emacs)Tooltips, (in Emacs) or
  2626. the doc string of `balloon-help-mode' (in XEmacs) for more information
  2627. on this. (For technical reasons, the guillemets have been approximated
  2628. as `<<' and `>>' in this paragraph.)
  2629. Here's an alternative recipe for the group buffer:
  2630. ;; Create three face types.
  2631. (setq gnus-face-1 'bold)
  2632. (setq gnus-face-3 'italic)
  2633. ;; We want the article count to be in
  2634. ;; a bold and green face. So we create
  2635. ;; a new face called `my-green-bold'.
  2636. (copy-face 'bold 'my-green-bold)
  2637. ;; Set the color.
  2638. (set-face-foreground 'my-green-bold "ForestGreen")
  2639. (setq gnus-face-2 'my-green-bold)
  2640. ;; Set the new & fancy format.
  2641. (setq gnus-group-line-format
  2642. "%M%S%3{%5y%}%2[:%] %(%1{%g%}%)\n")
  2643. I'm sure you'll be able to use this scheme to create totally
  2644. unreadable and extremely vulgar displays. Have fun!
  2645. Note that the `%(' specs (and friends) do not make any sense on the
  2646. mode-line variables.
  2647. 
  2648. File: gnus, Node: Positioning Point, Next: Tabulation, Prev: Formatting Fonts, Up: Formatting Variables
  2649. 9.4.6 Positioning Point
  2650. -----------------------
  2651. Gnus usually moves point to a pre-defined place on each line in most
  2652. buffers. By default, point move to the first colon character on the
  2653. line. You can customize this behavior in three different ways.
  2654. You can move the colon character to somewhere else on the line.
  2655. You can redefine the function that moves the point to the colon. The
  2656. function is called `gnus-goto-colon'.
  2657. But perhaps the most convenient way to deal with this, if you don't
  2658. want to have a colon in your line, is to use the `%*' specifier. If you
  2659. put a `%*' somewhere in your format line definition, Gnus will place
  2660. point there.
  2661. 
  2662. File: gnus, Node: Tabulation, Next: Wide Characters, Prev: Positioning Point, Up: Formatting Variables
  2663. 9.4.7 Tabulation
  2664. ----------------
  2665. You can usually line up your displays by padding and cutting your
  2666. strings. However, when combining various strings of different size, it
  2667. can often be more convenient to just output the strings, and then worry
  2668. about lining up the following text afterwards.
  2669. To do that, Gnus supplies tabulator specs--`%='. There are two
  2670. different types--"hard tabulators" and "soft tabulators".
  2671. `%50=' will insert space characters to pad the line up to column 50.
  2672. If the text is already past column 50, nothing will be inserted. This
  2673. is the soft tabulator.
  2674. `%-50=' will insert space characters to pad the line up to column
  2675. 50. If the text is already past column 50, the excess text past column
  2676. 50 will be removed. This is the hard tabulator.
  2677. 
  2678. File: gnus, Node: Wide Characters, Prev: Tabulation, Up: Formatting Variables
  2679. 9.4.8 Wide Characters
  2680. ---------------------
  2681. Fixed width fonts in most countries have characters of the same width.
  2682. Some countries, however, use Latin characters mixed with wider
  2683. characters--most notable East Asian countries.
  2684. The problem is that when formatting, Gnus assumes that if a string
  2685. is 10 characters wide, it'll be 10 Latin characters wide on the screen.
  2686. In these countries, that's not true.
  2687. To help fix this, you can set `gnus-use-correct-string-widths' to
  2688. `t'. This makes buffer generation slower, but the results will be
  2689. prettier. The default value under XEmacs is `t' but `nil' for Emacs.
  2690. 
  2691. File: gnus, Node: Window Layout, Next: Faces and Fonts, Prev: Formatting Variables, Up: Various
  2692. 9.5 Window Layout
  2693. =================
  2694. No, there's nothing here about X, so be quiet.
  2695. If `gnus-use-full-window' non-`nil', Gnus will delete all other
  2696. windows and occupy the entire Emacs screen by itself. It is `t' by
  2697. default.
  2698. Setting this variable to `nil' kinda works, but there are glitches.
  2699. Use at your own peril.
  2700. `gnus-buffer-configuration' describes how much space each Gnus
  2701. buffer should be given. Here's an excerpt of this variable:
  2702. ((group (vertical 1.0 (group 1.0 point)))
  2703. (article (vertical 1.0 (summary 0.25 point)
  2704. (article 1.0))))
  2705. This is an alist. The "key" is a symbol that names some action or
  2706. other. For instance, when displaying the group buffer, the window
  2707. configuration function will use `group' as the key. A full list of
  2708. possible names is listed below.
  2709. The "value" (i.e., the "split") says how much space each buffer
  2710. should occupy. To take the `article' split as an example -
  2711. (article (vertical 1.0 (summary 0.25 point)
  2712. (article 1.0)))
  2713. This "split" says that the summary buffer should occupy 25% of upper
  2714. half of the screen, and that it is placed over the article buffer. As
  2715. you may have noticed, 100% + 25% is actually 125% (yup, I saw y'all
  2716. reaching for that calculator there). However, the special number `1.0'
  2717. is used to signal that this buffer should soak up all the rest of the
  2718. space available after the rest of the buffers have taken whatever they
  2719. need. There should be only one buffer with the `1.0' size spec per
  2720. split.
  2721. Point will be put in the buffer that has the optional third element
  2722. `point'. In a `frame' split, the last subsplit having a leaf split
  2723. where the tag `frame-focus' is a member (i.e. is the third or fourth
  2724. element in the list, depending on whether the `point' tag is present)
  2725. gets focus.
  2726. Here's a more complicated example:
  2727. (article (vertical 1.0 (group 4)
  2728. (summary 0.25 point)
  2729. (article 1.0)))
  2730. If the size spec is an integer instead of a floating point number,
  2731. then that number will be used to say how many lines a buffer should
  2732. occupy, not a percentage.
  2733. If the "split" looks like something that can be `eval'ed (to be
  2734. precise--if the `car' of the split is a function or a subr), this split
  2735. will be `eval'ed. If the result is non-`nil', it will be used as a
  2736. split.
  2737. Not complicated enough for you? Well, try this on for size:
  2738. (article (horizontal 1.0
  2739. (vertical 0.5
  2740. (group 1.0))
  2741. (vertical 1.0
  2742. (summary 0.25 point)
  2743. (article 1.0))))
  2744. Whoops. Two buffers with the mystery 100% tag. And what's that
  2745. `horizontal' thingie?
  2746. If the first element in one of the split is `horizontal', Gnus will
  2747. split the window horizontally, giving you two windows side-by-side.
  2748. Inside each of these strips you may carry on all you like in the normal
  2749. fashion. The number following `horizontal' says what percentage of the
  2750. screen is to be given to this strip.
  2751. For each split, there _must_ be one element that has the 100% tag.
  2752. The splitting is never accurate, and this buffer will eat any leftover
  2753. lines from the splits.
  2754. To be slightly more formal, here's a definition of what a valid split
  2755. may look like:
  2756. split = frame | horizontal | vertical | buffer | form
  2757. frame = "(frame " size *split ")"
  2758. horizontal = "(horizontal " size *split ")"
  2759. vertical = "(vertical " size *split ")"
  2760. buffer = "(" buf-name " " size *[ "point" ] *[ "frame-focus"] ")"
  2761. size = number | frame-params
  2762. buf-name = group | article | summary ...
  2763. The limitations are that the `frame' split can only appear as the
  2764. top-level split. FORM should be an Emacs Lisp form that should return
  2765. a valid split. We see that each split is fully recursive, and may
  2766. contain any number of `vertical' and `horizontal' splits.
  2767. Finding the right sizes can be a bit complicated. No window may be
  2768. less than `gnus-window-min-height' (default 1) characters high, and all
  2769. windows must be at least `gnus-window-min-width' (default 1) characters
  2770. wide. Gnus will try to enforce this before applying the splits. If
  2771. you want to use the normal Emacs window width/height limit, you can
  2772. just set these two variables to `nil'.
  2773. If you're not familiar with Emacs terminology, `horizontal' and
  2774. `vertical' splits may work the opposite way of what you'd expect.
  2775. Windows inside a `horizontal' split are shown side-by-side, and windows
  2776. within a `vertical' split are shown above each other.
  2777. If you want to experiment with window placement, a good tip is to
  2778. call `gnus-configure-frame' directly with a split. This is the function
  2779. that does all the real work when splitting buffers. Below is a pretty
  2780. nonsensical configuration with 5 windows; two for the group buffer and
  2781. three for the article buffer. (I said it was nonsensical.) If you
  2782. `eval' the statement below, you can get an idea of how that would look
  2783. straight away, without going through the normal Gnus channels. Play
  2784. with it until you're satisfied, and then use `gnus-add-configuration'
  2785. to add your new creation to the buffer configuration list.
  2786. (gnus-configure-frame
  2787. '(horizontal 1.0
  2788. (vertical 10
  2789. (group 1.0)
  2790. (article 0.3 point))
  2791. (vertical 1.0
  2792. (article 1.0)
  2793. (horizontal 4
  2794. (group 1.0)
  2795. (article 10)))))
  2796. You might want to have several frames as well. No prob--just use the
  2797. `frame' split:
  2798. (gnus-configure-frame
  2799. '(frame 1.0
  2800. (vertical 1.0
  2801. (summary 0.25 point frame-focus)
  2802. (article 1.0))
  2803. (vertical ((height . 5) (width . 15)
  2804. (user-position . t)
  2805. (left . -1) (top . 1))
  2806. (picon 1.0))))
  2807. This split will result in the familiar summary/article window
  2808. configuration in the first (or "main") frame, while a small additional
  2809. frame will be created where picons will be shown. As you can see,
  2810. instead of the normal `1.0' top-level spec, each additional split
  2811. should have a frame parameter alist as the size spec. *Note Frame
  2812. Parameters: (elisp)Frame Parameters. Under XEmacs, a frame property
  2813. list will be accepted, too--for instance, `(height 5 width 15 left -1
  2814. top 1)' is such a plist. The list of all possible keys for
  2815. `gnus-buffer-configuration' can be found in its default value.
  2816. Note that the `message' key is used for both `gnus-group-mail' and
  2817. `gnus-summary-mail-other-window'. If it is desirable to distinguish
  2818. between the two, something like this might be used:
  2819. (message (horizontal 1.0
  2820. (vertical 1.0 (message 1.0 point))
  2821. (vertical 0.24
  2822. (if (buffer-live-p gnus-summary-buffer)
  2823. '(summary 0.5))
  2824. (group 1.0))))
  2825. One common desire for a multiple frame split is to have a separate
  2826. frame for composing mail and news while leaving the original frame
  2827. intact. To accomplish that, something like the following can be done:
  2828. (message
  2829. (frame 1.0
  2830. (if (not (buffer-live-p gnus-summary-buffer))
  2831. (car (cdr (assoc 'group gnus-buffer-configuration)))
  2832. (car (cdr (assoc 'summary gnus-buffer-configuration))))
  2833. (vertical ((user-position . t) (top . 1) (left . 1)
  2834. (name . "Message"))
  2835. (message 1.0 point))))
  2836. Since the `gnus-buffer-configuration' variable is so long and
  2837. complicated, there's a function you can use to ease changing the config
  2838. of a single setting: `gnus-add-configuration'. If, for instance, you
  2839. want to change the `article' setting, you could say:
  2840. (gnus-add-configuration
  2841. '(article (vertical 1.0
  2842. (group 4)
  2843. (summary .25 point)
  2844. (article 1.0))))
  2845. You'd typically stick these `gnus-add-configuration' calls in your
  2846. `~/.gnus.el' file or in some startup hook--they should be run after
  2847. Gnus has been loaded.
  2848. If all windows mentioned in the configuration are already visible,
  2849. Gnus won't change the window configuration. If you always want to
  2850. force the "right" window configuration, you can set
  2851. `gnus-always-force-window-configuration' to non-`nil'.
  2852. If you're using tree displays (*note Tree Display::), and the tree
  2853. window is displayed vertically next to another window, you may also want
  2854. to fiddle with `gnus-tree-minimize-window' to avoid having the windows
  2855. resized.
  2856. 9.5.1 Window Configuration Names
  2857. --------------------------------
  2858. Here's a list of most of the currently known window configurations, and
  2859. when they're used:
  2860. `group'
  2861. The group buffer.
  2862. `summary'
  2863. Entering a group and showing only the summary.
  2864. `article'
  2865. Selecting an article.
  2866. `server'
  2867. The server buffer.
  2868. `browse'
  2869. Browsing groups from the server buffer.
  2870. `message'
  2871. Composing a (new) message.
  2872. `only-article'
  2873. Showing only the article buffer.
  2874. `edit-article'
  2875. Editing an article.
  2876. `edit-form'
  2877. Editing group parameters and the like.
  2878. `edit-score'
  2879. Editing a server definition.
  2880. `post'
  2881. Composing a news message.
  2882. `reply'
  2883. Replying or following up an article without yanking the text.
  2884. `forward'
  2885. Forwarding a message.
  2886. `reply-yank'
  2887. Replying or following up an article with yanking the text.
  2888. `mail-bound'
  2889. Bouncing a message.
  2890. `pipe'
  2891. Sending an article to an external process.
  2892. `bug'
  2893. Sending a bug report.
  2894. `score-trace'
  2895. Displaying the score trace.
  2896. `score-words'
  2897. Displaying the score words.
  2898. `split-trace'
  2899. Displaying the split trace.
  2900. `compose-bounce'
  2901. Composing a bounce message.
  2902. `mml-preview'
  2903. Previewing a MIME part.
  2904. 9.5.2 Example Window Configurations
  2905. -----------------------------------
  2906. * Narrow left hand side occupied by group buffer. Right hand side
  2907. split between summary buffer (top one-sixth) and article buffer
  2908. (bottom).
  2909. +---+---------+
  2910. | G | Summary |
  2911. | r +---------+
  2912. | o | |
  2913. | u | Article |
  2914. | p | |
  2915. +---+---------+
  2916. (gnus-add-configuration
  2917. '(article
  2918. (horizontal 1.0
  2919. (vertical 25 (group 1.0))
  2920. (vertical 1.0
  2921. (summary 0.16 point)
  2922. (article 1.0)))))
  2923. (gnus-add-configuration
  2924. '(summary
  2925. (horizontal 1.0
  2926. (vertical 25 (group 1.0))
  2927. (vertical 1.0 (summary 1.0 point)))))
  2928. 
  2929. File: gnus, Node: Faces and Fonts, Next: Compilation, Prev: Window Layout, Up: Various
  2930. 9.6 Faces and Fonts
  2931. ===================
  2932. Fiddling with fonts and faces used to be very difficult, but these days
  2933. it is very simple. You simply say `M-x customize-face', pick out the
  2934. face you want to alter, and alter it via the standard Customize
  2935. interface.
  2936. 
  2937. File: gnus, Node: Compilation, Next: Mode Lines, Prev: Faces and Fonts, Up: Various
  2938. 9.7 Compilation
  2939. ===============
  2940. Remember all those line format specification variables?
  2941. `gnus-summary-line-format', `gnus-group-line-format', and so on. Now,
  2942. Gnus will of course heed whatever these variables are, but,
  2943. unfortunately, changing them will mean a quite significant slow-down.
  2944. (The default values of these variables have byte-compiled functions
  2945. associated with them, while the user-generated versions do not, of
  2946. course.)
  2947. To help with this, you can run `M-x gnus-compile' after you've
  2948. fiddled around with the variables and feel that you're (kind of)
  2949. satisfied. This will result in the new specs being byte-compiled, and
  2950. you'll get top speed again. Gnus will save these compiled specs in the
  2951. `.newsrc.eld' file. (User-defined functions aren't compiled by this
  2952. function, though--you should compile them yourself by sticking them
  2953. into the `~/.gnus.el' file and byte-compiling that file.)
  2954. 
  2955. File: gnus, Node: Mode Lines, Next: Highlighting and Menus, Prev: Compilation, Up: Various
  2956. 9.8 Mode Lines
  2957. ==============
  2958. `gnus-updated-mode-lines' says what buffers should keep their mode
  2959. lines updated. It is a list of symbols. Supported symbols include
  2960. `group', `article', `summary', `server', `browse', and `tree'. If the
  2961. corresponding symbol is present, Gnus will keep that mode line updated
  2962. with information that may be pertinent. If this variable is `nil',
  2963. screen refresh may be quicker.
  2964. By default, Gnus displays information on the current article in the
  2965. mode lines of the summary and article buffers. The information Gnus
  2966. wishes to display (e.g. the subject of the article) is often longer
  2967. than the mode lines, and therefore have to be cut off at some point.
  2968. The `gnus-mode-non-string-length' variable says how long the other
  2969. elements on the line is (i.e., the non-info part). If you put
  2970. additional elements on the mode line (e.g. a clock), you should modify
  2971. this variable:
  2972. (add-hook 'display-time-hook
  2973. (lambda () (setq gnus-mode-non-string-length
  2974. (+ 21
  2975. (if line-number-mode 5 0)
  2976. (if column-number-mode 4 0)
  2977. (length display-time-string)))))
  2978. If this variable is `nil' (which is the default), the mode line
  2979. strings won't be chopped off, and they won't be padded either. Note
  2980. that the default is unlikely to be desirable, as even the percentage
  2981. complete in the buffer may be crowded off the mode line; the user should
  2982. configure this variable appropriately for her configuration.
  2983. 
  2984. File: gnus, Node: Highlighting and Menus, Next: Daemons, Prev: Mode Lines, Up: Various
  2985. 9.9 Highlighting and Menus
  2986. ==========================
  2987. The `gnus-visual' variable controls most of the Gnus-prettifying
  2988. aspects. If `nil', Gnus won't attempt to create menus or use fancy
  2989. colors or fonts. This will also inhibit loading the `gnus-vis.el' file.
  2990. This variable can be a list of visual properties that are enabled.
  2991. The following elements are valid, and are all included by default:
  2992. `group-highlight'
  2993. Do highlights in the group buffer.
  2994. `summary-highlight'
  2995. Do highlights in the summary buffer.
  2996. `article-highlight'
  2997. Do highlights in the article buffer.
  2998. `highlight'
  2999. Turn on highlighting in all buffers.
  3000. `group-menu'
  3001. Create menus in the group buffer.
  3002. `summary-menu'
  3003. Create menus in the summary buffers.
  3004. `article-menu'
  3005. Create menus in the article buffer.
  3006. `browse-menu'
  3007. Create menus in the browse buffer.
  3008. `server-menu'
  3009. Create menus in the server buffer.
  3010. `score-menu'
  3011. Create menus in the score buffers.
  3012. `menu'
  3013. Create menus in all buffers.
  3014. So if you only want highlighting in the article buffer and menus in
  3015. all buffers, you could say something like:
  3016. (setq gnus-visual '(article-highlight menu))
  3017. If you want highlighting only and no menus whatsoever, you'd say:
  3018. (setq gnus-visual '(highlight))
  3019. If `gnus-visual' is `t', highlighting and menus will be used in all
  3020. Gnus buffers.
  3021. Other general variables that influence the look of all buffers
  3022. include:
  3023. `gnus-mouse-face'
  3024. This is the face (i.e., font) used for mouse highlighting in Gnus.
  3025. No mouse highlights will be done if `gnus-visual' is `nil'.
  3026. There are hooks associated with the creation of all the different
  3027. menus:
  3028. `gnus-article-menu-hook'
  3029. Hook called after creating the article mode menu.
  3030. `gnus-group-menu-hook'
  3031. Hook called after creating the group mode menu.
  3032. `gnus-summary-menu-hook'
  3033. Hook called after creating the summary mode menu.
  3034. `gnus-server-menu-hook'
  3035. Hook called after creating the server mode menu.
  3036. `gnus-browse-menu-hook'
  3037. Hook called after creating the browse mode menu.
  3038. `gnus-score-menu-hook'
  3039. Hook called after creating the score mode menu.
  3040. 
  3041. File: gnus, Node: Daemons, Next: Undo, Prev: Highlighting and Menus, Up: Various
  3042. 9.10 Daemons
  3043. ============
  3044. Gnus, being larger than any program ever written (allegedly), does lots
  3045. of strange stuff that you may wish to have done while you're not
  3046. present. For instance, you may want it to check for new mail once in a
  3047. while. Or you may want it to close down all connections to all servers
  3048. when you leave Emacs idle. And stuff like that.
  3049. Gnus will let you do stuff like that by defining various "handlers".
  3050. Each handler consists of three elements: A FUNCTION, a TIME, and an
  3051. IDLE parameter.
  3052. Here's an example of a handler that closes connections when Emacs has
  3053. been idle for thirty minutes:
  3054. (gnus-demon-close-connections nil 30)
  3055. Here's a handler that scans for PGP headers every hour when Emacs is
  3056. idle:
  3057. (gnus-demon-scan-pgp 60 t)
  3058. This TIME parameter and that IDLE parameter work together in a
  3059. strange, but wonderful fashion. Basically, if IDLE is `nil', then the
  3060. function will be called every TIME minutes.
  3061. If IDLE is `t', then the function will be called after TIME minutes
  3062. only if Emacs is idle. So if Emacs is never idle, the function will
  3063. never be called. But once Emacs goes idle, the function will be called
  3064. every TIME minutes.
  3065. If IDLE is a number and TIME is a number, the function will be
  3066. called every TIME minutes only when Emacs has been idle for IDLE
  3067. minutes.
  3068. If IDLE is a number and TIME is `nil', the function will be called
  3069. once every time Emacs has been idle for IDLE minutes.
  3070. And if TIME is a string, it should look like `07:31', and the
  3071. function will then be called once every day somewhere near that time.
  3072. Modified by the IDLE parameter, of course.
  3073. (When I say "minute" here, I really mean `gnus-demon-timestep'
  3074. seconds. This is 60 by default. If you change that variable, all the
  3075. timings in the handlers will be affected.)
  3076. So, if you want to add a handler, you could put something like this
  3077. in your `~/.gnus.el' file:
  3078. (gnus-demon-add-handler 'gnus-demon-close-connections 30 t)
  3079. Some ready-made functions to do this have been created:
  3080. `gnus-demon-add-disconnection', `gnus-demon-add-nntp-close-connection',
  3081. `gnus-demon-add-scan-timestamps', `gnus-demon-add-rescan', and
  3082. `gnus-demon-add-scanmail'. Just put those functions in your
  3083. `~/.gnus.el' if you want those abilities.
  3084. If you add handlers to `gnus-demon-handlers' directly, you should
  3085. run `gnus-demon-init' to make the changes take hold. To cancel all
  3086. daemons, you can use the `gnus-demon-cancel' function.
  3087. Note that adding daemons can be pretty naughty if you over do it.
  3088. Adding functions that scan all news and mail from all servers every two
  3089. seconds is a sure-fire way of getting booted off any respectable
  3090. system. So behave.
  3091. 
  3092. File: gnus, Node: Undo, Next: Predicate Specifiers, Prev: Daemons, Up: Various
  3093. 9.11 Undo
  3094. =========
  3095. It is very useful to be able to undo actions one has done. In normal
  3096. Emacs buffers, it's easy enough--you just push the `undo' button. In
  3097. Gnus buffers, however, it isn't that simple.
  3098. The things Gnus displays in its buffer is of no value whatsoever to
  3099. Gnus--it's all just data designed to look nice to the user. Killing a
  3100. group in the group buffer with `C-k' makes the line disappear, but
  3101. that's just a side-effect of the real action--the removal of the group
  3102. in question from the internal Gnus structures. Undoing something like
  3103. that can't be done by the normal Emacs `undo' function.
  3104. Gnus tries to remedy this somewhat by keeping track of what the user
  3105. does and coming up with actions that would reverse the actions the user
  3106. takes. When the user then presses the `undo' key, Gnus will run the
  3107. code to reverse the previous action, or the previous actions. However,
  3108. not all actions are easily reversible, so Gnus currently offers a few
  3109. key functions to be undoable. These include killing groups, yanking
  3110. groups, and changing the list of read articles of groups. That's it,
  3111. really. More functions may be added in the future, but each added
  3112. function means an increase in data to be stored, so Gnus will never be
  3113. totally undoable.
  3114. The undoability is provided by the `gnus-undo-mode' minor mode. It
  3115. is used if `gnus-use-undo' is non-`nil', which is the default. The
  3116. `C-M-_' key performs the `gnus-undo' command, which should feel kinda
  3117. like the normal Emacs `undo' command.
  3118. 
  3119. File: gnus, Node: Predicate Specifiers, Next: Moderation, Prev: Undo, Up: Various
  3120. 9.12 Predicate Specifiers
  3121. =========================
  3122. Some Gnus variables are "predicate specifiers". This is a special form
  3123. that allows flexible specification of predicates without having to type
  3124. all that much.
  3125. These specifiers are lists consisting of functions, symbols and
  3126. lists.
  3127. Here's an example:
  3128. (or gnus-article-unseen-p
  3129. gnus-article-unread-p)
  3130. The available symbols are `or', `and' and `not'. The functions all
  3131. take one parameter.
  3132. Internally, Gnus calls `gnus-make-predicate' on these specifiers to
  3133. create a function that can be called. This input parameter to this
  3134. function will be passed along to all the functions in the predicate
  3135. specifier.
  3136. 
  3137. File: gnus, Node: Moderation, Next: Fetching a Group, Prev: Predicate Specifiers, Up: Various
  3138. 9.13 Moderation
  3139. ===============
  3140. If you are a moderator, you can use the `gnus-mdrtn.el' package. It is
  3141. not included in the standard Gnus package. Write a mail to
  3142. `larsi@gnus.org' and state what group you moderate, and you'll get a
  3143. copy.
  3144. The moderation package is implemented as a minor mode for summary
  3145. buffers. Put
  3146. (add-hook 'gnus-summary-mode-hook 'gnus-moderate)
  3147. in your `~/.gnus.el' file.
  3148. If you are the moderator of `rec.zoofle', this is how it's supposed
  3149. to work:
  3150. 1. You split your incoming mail by matching on
  3151. `Newsgroups:.*rec.zoofle', which will put all the to-be-posted
  3152. articles in some mail group--for instance, `nnml:rec.zoofle'.
  3153. 2. You enter that group once in a while and post articles using the
  3154. `e' (edit-and-post) or `s' (just send unedited) commands.
  3155. 3. If, while reading the `rec.zoofle' newsgroup, you happen upon some
  3156. articles that weren't approved by you, you can cancel them with the
  3157. `c' command.
  3158. To use moderation mode in these two groups, say:
  3159. (setq gnus-moderated-list
  3160. "^nnml:rec.zoofle$\\|^rec.zoofle$")
  3161. 
  3162. File: gnus, Node: Fetching a Group, Next: Image Enhancements, Prev: Moderation, Up: Various
  3163. 9.14 Fetching a Group
  3164. =====================
  3165. It is sometimes convenient to be able to just say "I want to read this
  3166. group and I don't care whether Gnus has been started or not". This is
  3167. perhaps more useful for people who write code than for users, but the
  3168. command `gnus-fetch-group' provides this functionality in any case. It
  3169. takes the group name as a parameter.
  3170. 
  3171. File: gnus, Node: Image Enhancements, Next: Fuzzy Matching, Prev: Fetching a Group, Up: Various
  3172. 9.15 Image Enhancements
  3173. =======================
  3174. XEmacs, as well as Emacs 21(1) and up, are able to display pictures and
  3175. stuff, so Gnus has taken advantage of that.
  3176. * Menu:
  3177. * X-Face:: Display a funky, teensy black-and-white image.
  3178. * Face:: Display a funkier, teensier colored image.
  3179. * Smileys:: Show all those happy faces the way they were meant to be shown.
  3180. * Picons:: How to display pictures of what you're reading.
  3181. * Gravatars:: Display the avatar of people you read.
  3182. * XVarious:: Other XEmacsy Gnusey variables.
  3183. ---------- Footnotes ----------
  3184. (1) Emacs 21 on MS Windows doesn't support images, Emacs 22 does.
  3185. 
  3186. File: gnus, Node: X-Face, Next: Face, Up: Image Enhancements
  3187. 9.15.1 X-Face
  3188. -------------
  3189. `X-Face' headers describe a 48x48 pixel black-and-white (1 bit depth)
  3190. image that's supposed to represent the author of the message. It seems
  3191. to be supported by an ever-growing number of mail and news readers.
  3192. Viewing an `X-Face' header either requires an Emacs that has
  3193. `compface' support (which most XEmacs versions have), or that you have
  3194. suitable conversion or display programs installed. If your Emacs has
  3195. image support the default action is to display the face before the
  3196. `From' header. If there's no native `X-Face' support, Gnus will try to
  3197. convert the `X-Face' header using external programs from the `pbmplus'
  3198. package and friends, see below. For XEmacs it's faster if XEmacs has
  3199. been compiled with `X-Face' support. The default action under Emacs
  3200. without image support is to fork off the `display' program.
  3201. On a GNU/Linux system, the `display' program is included in the
  3202. ImageMagick package. For external conversion programs look for packages
  3203. with names like `netpbm', `libgr-progs' and `compface'. On Windows,
  3204. you may use the packages `netpbm' and `compface' from
  3205. `http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net'. You need to add the `bin' directory
  3206. to your `PATH' environment variable.
  3207. The variable `gnus-article-x-face-command' controls which programs
  3208. are used to display the `X-Face' header. If this variable is a string,
  3209. this string will be executed in a sub-shell. If it is a function, this
  3210. function will be called with the face as the argument. If
  3211. `gnus-article-x-face-too-ugly' (which is a regexp) matches the `From'
  3212. header, the face will not be shown.
  3213. (Note: `x-face' is used in the variable/function names, not `xface').
  3214. Face and variable:
  3215. `gnus-x-face'
  3216. Face to show X-Face. The colors from this face are used as the
  3217. foreground and background colors of the displayed X-Faces. The
  3218. default colors are black and white.
  3219. `gnus-face-properties-alist'
  3220. Alist of image types and properties applied to Face (*note Face::)
  3221. and X-Face images. The default value is `((pbm . (:face
  3222. gnus-x-face)) (png . nil))' for Emacs or `((xface . (:face
  3223. gnus-x-face)))' for XEmacs. Here are examples:
  3224. ;; Specify the altitude of Face and X-Face images in the From header.
  3225. (setq gnus-face-properties-alist
  3226. '((pbm . (:face gnus-x-face :ascent 80))
  3227. (png . (:ascent 80))))
  3228. ;; Show Face and X-Face images as pressed buttons.
  3229. (setq gnus-face-properties-alist
  3230. '((pbm . (:face gnus-x-face :relief -2))
  3231. (png . (:relief -2))))
  3232. *note Image Descriptors: (elisp)Image Descriptors. for the valid
  3233. properties for various image types. Currently, `pbm' is used for
  3234. X-Face images and `png' is used for Face images in Emacs. Only
  3235. the `:face' property is effective on the `xface' image type in
  3236. XEmacs if it is built with the `libcompface' library.
  3237. If you use posting styles, you can use an `x-face-file' entry in
  3238. `gnus-posting-styles', *Note Posting Styles::. If you don't, Gnus
  3239. provides a few convenience functions and variables to allow easier
  3240. insertion of X-Face headers in outgoing messages. You also need the
  3241. above mentioned ImageMagick, netpbm or other image conversion packages
  3242. (depending the values of the variables below) for these functions.
  3243. `gnus-random-x-face' goes through all the `pbm' files in
  3244. `gnus-x-face-directory' and picks one at random, and then converts it
  3245. to the X-Face format by using the `gnus-convert-pbm-to-x-face-command'
  3246. shell command. The `pbm' files should be 48x48 pixels big. It returns
  3247. the X-Face header data as a string.
  3248. `gnus-insert-random-x-face-header' calls `gnus-random-x-face' and
  3249. inserts a `X-Face' header with the randomly generated data.
  3250. `gnus-x-face-from-file' takes a GIF file as the parameter, and then
  3251. converts the file to X-Face format by using the
  3252. `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' shell command.
  3253. Here's how you would typically use the first function. Put something
  3254. like the following in your `~/.gnus.el' file:
  3255. (setq message-required-news-headers
  3256. (nconc message-required-news-headers
  3257. (list '(X-Face . gnus-random-x-face))))
  3258. Using the last function would be something like this:
  3259. (setq message-required-news-headers
  3260. (nconc message-required-news-headers
  3261. (list '(X-Face . (lambda ()
  3262. (gnus-x-face-from-file
  3263. "~/My-face.gif"))))))
  3264. 
  3265. File: gnus, Node: Face, Next: Smileys, Prev: X-Face, Up: Image Enhancements
  3266. 9.15.2 Face
  3267. -----------
  3268. `Face' headers are essentially a funkier version of `X-Face' ones. They
  3269. describe a 48x48 pixel colored image that's supposed to represent the
  3270. author of the message.
  3271. The contents of a `Face' header must be a base64 encoded PNG image.
  3272. See `http://quimby.gnus.org/circus/face/' for the precise
  3273. specifications.
  3274. The `gnus-face-properties-alist' variable affects the appearance of
  3275. displayed Face images. *Note X-Face::.
  3276. Viewing a `Face' header requires an Emacs that is able to display
  3277. PNG images.
  3278. Gnus provides a few convenience functions and variables to allow
  3279. easier insertion of Face headers in outgoing messages.
  3280. `gnus-convert-png-to-face' takes a 48x48 PNG image, no longer than
  3281. 726 bytes long, and converts it to a face.
  3282. `gnus-face-from-file' takes a JPEG file as the parameter, and then
  3283. converts the file to Face format by using the
  3284. `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' shell command.
  3285. Here's how you would typically use this function. Put something like
  3286. the following in your `~/.gnus.el' file:
  3287. (setq message-required-news-headers
  3288. (nconc message-required-news-headers
  3289. (list '(Face . (lambda ()
  3290. (gnus-face-from-file "~/face.jpg"))))))
  3291. 
  3292. File: gnus, Node: Smileys, Next: Picons, Prev: Face, Up: Image Enhancements
  3293. 9.15.3 Smileys
  3294. --------------
  3295. "Smiley" is a package separate from Gnus, but since Gnus is currently
  3296. the only package that uses Smiley, it is documented here.
  3297. In short--to use Smiley in Gnus, put the following in your
  3298. `~/.gnus.el' file:
  3299. (setq gnus-treat-display-smileys t)
  3300. Smiley maps text smiley faces--`:-)', `8-)', `:-(' and the like--to
  3301. pictures and displays those instead of the text smiley faces. The
  3302. conversion is controlled by a list of regexps that matches text and
  3303. maps that to file names.
  3304. The alist used is specified by the `smiley-regexp-alist' variable.
  3305. The first item in each element is the regexp to be matched; the second
  3306. element is the regexp match group that is to be replaced by the
  3307. picture; and the third element is the name of the file to be displayed.
  3308. The following variables customize the appearance of the smileys:
  3309. `smiley-style'
  3310. Specifies the smiley style. Predefined smiley styles include
  3311. `low-color' (small 13x14 pixel, three-color images), `medium'
  3312. (more colorful images, 16x16 pixel), and `grayscale' (grayscale
  3313. images, 14x14 pixel). The default depends on the height of the
  3314. default face.
  3315. `smiley-data-directory'
  3316. Where Smiley will look for smiley faces files. You shouldn't set
  3317. this variable anymore. Customize `smiley-style' instead.
  3318. `gnus-smiley-file-types'
  3319. List of suffixes on smiley file names to try.
  3320. 
  3321. File: gnus, Node: Picons, Next: Gravatars, Prev: Smileys, Up: Image Enhancements
  3322. 9.15.4 Picons
  3323. -------------
  3324. So... You want to slow down your news reader even more! This is a
  3325. good way to do so. It's also a great way to impress people staring
  3326. over your shoulder as you read news.
  3327. What are Picons? To quote directly from the Picons Web site:
  3328. "Picons" is short for "personal icons". They're small,
  3329. constrained images used to represent users and domains on the net,
  3330. organized into databases so that the appropriate image for a given
  3331. e-mail address can be found. Besides users and domains, there are
  3332. picon databases for Usenet newsgroups and weather forecasts. The
  3333. picons are in either monochrome `XBM' format or color `XPM' and
  3334. `GIF' formats.
  3335. For instructions on obtaining and installing the picons databases,
  3336. point your Web browser at
  3337. `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/picons/ftp/index.html'.
  3338. If you are using Debian GNU/Linux, saying `apt-get install picons.*'
  3339. will install the picons where Gnus can find them.
  3340. To enable displaying picons, simply make sure that
  3341. `gnus-picon-databases' points to the directory containing the Picons
  3342. databases.
  3343. The variable `gnus-picon-style' controls how picons are displayed.
  3344. If `inline', the textual representation is replaced. If `right',
  3345. picons are added right to the textual representation.
  3346. The following variables offer control over where things are located.
  3347. `gnus-picon-databases'
  3348. The location of the picons database. This is a list of directories
  3349. containing the `news', `domains', `users' (and so on)
  3350. subdirectories. Defaults to `("/usr/lib/picon"
  3351. "/usr/local/faces")'.
  3352. `gnus-picon-news-directories'
  3353. List of subdirectories to search in `gnus-picon-databases' for
  3354. newsgroups faces. `("news")' is the default.
  3355. `gnus-picon-user-directories'
  3356. List of subdirectories to search in `gnus-picon-databases' for user
  3357. faces. `("users" "usenix" "local" "misc")' is the default.
  3358. `gnus-picon-domain-directories'
  3359. List of subdirectories to search in `gnus-picon-databases' for
  3360. domain name faces. Defaults to `("domains")'. Some people may
  3361. want to add `"unknown"' to this list.
  3362. `gnus-picon-file-types'
  3363. Ordered list of suffixes on picon file names to try. Defaults to
  3364. `("xpm" "gif" "xbm")' minus those not built-in your Emacs.
  3365. `gnus-picon-inhibit-top-level-domains'
  3366. If non-`nil' (which is the default), don't display picons for
  3367. things like `.net' and `.de', which aren't usually very
  3368. interesting.
  3369. 
  3370. File: gnus, Node: Gravatars, Next: XVarious, Prev: Picons, Up: Image Enhancements
  3371. 9.15.5 Gravatars
  3372. ----------------
  3373. A gravatar is an image registered to an e-mail address.
  3374. You can submit yours on-line at `http://www.gravatar.com'.
  3375. The following variables offer control over how things are displayed.
  3376. `gnus-gravatar-size'
  3377. The size in pixels of gravatars. Gravatars are always square, so
  3378. one number for the size is enough.
  3379. `gnus-gravatar-properties'
  3380. List of image properties applied to Gravatar images.
  3381. `gnus-gravatar-too-ugly'
  3382. Regexp that matches mail addresses or names of people of which
  3383. avatars should not be displayed, or `nil'. It default to the
  3384. value of `gnus-article-x-face-too-ugly' (*note X-Face::).
  3385. If you want to see them in the From field, set:
  3386. (setq gnus-treat-from-gravatar 'head)
  3387. If you want to see them in the Cc and To fields, set:
  3388. (setq gnus-treat-mail-gravatar 'head)
  3389. 
  3390. File: gnus, Node: XVarious, Prev: Gravatars, Up: Image Enhancements
  3391. 9.15.6 Various XEmacs Variables
  3392. -------------------------------
  3393. `gnus-xmas-glyph-directory'
  3394. This is where Gnus will look for pictures. Gnus will normally
  3395. auto-detect this directory, but you may set it manually if you
  3396. have an unusual directory structure.
  3397. `gnus-xmas-modeline-glyph'
  3398. A glyph displayed in all Gnus mode lines. It is a tiny gnu head by
  3399. default.
  3400. 9.15.6.1 Toolbar
  3401. ................
  3402. `gnus-use-toolbar'
  3403. This variable specifies the position to display the toolbar. If
  3404. `nil', don't display toolbars. If it is non-`nil', it should be
  3405. one of the symbols `default', `top', `bottom', `right', and
  3406. `left'. `default' means to use the default toolbar, the rest mean
  3407. to display the toolbar on the place which those names show. The
  3408. default is `default'.
  3409. `gnus-toolbar-thickness'
  3410. Cons of the height and the width specifying the thickness of a
  3411. toolbar. The height is used for the toolbar displayed on the top
  3412. or the bottom, the width is used for the toolbar displayed on the
  3413. right or the left. The default is that of the default toolbar.
  3414. `gnus-group-toolbar'
  3415. The toolbar in the group buffer.
  3416. `gnus-summary-toolbar'
  3417. The toolbar in the summary buffer.
  3418. `gnus-summary-mail-toolbar'
  3419. The toolbar in the summary buffer of mail groups.
  3420. 
  3421. File: gnus, Node: Fuzzy Matching, Next: Thwarting Email Spam, Prev: Image Enhancements, Up: Various
  3422. 9.16 Fuzzy Matching
  3423. ===================
  3424. Gnus provides "fuzzy matching" of `Subject' lines when doing things
  3425. like scoring, thread gathering and thread comparison.
  3426. As opposed to regular expression matching, fuzzy matching is very
  3427. fuzzy. It's so fuzzy that there's not even a definition of what
  3428. "fuzziness" means, and the implementation has changed over time.
  3429. Basically, it tries to remove all noise from lines before comparing.
  3430. `Re: ', parenthetical remarks, white space, and so on, are filtered out
  3431. of the strings before comparing the results. This often leads to
  3432. adequate results--even when faced with strings generated by text
  3433. manglers masquerading as newsreaders.
  3434. 
  3435. File: gnus, Node: Thwarting Email Spam, Next: Spam Package, Prev: Fuzzy Matching, Up: Various
  3436. 9.17 Thwarting Email Spam
  3437. =========================
  3438. In these last days of the Usenet, commercial vultures are hanging about
  3439. and grepping through news like crazy to find email addresses they can
  3440. foist off their scams and products to. As a reaction to this, many
  3441. people have started putting nonsense addresses into their `From' lines.
  3442. I think this is counterproductive--it makes it difficult for people to
  3443. send you legitimate mail in response to things you write, as well as
  3444. making it difficult to see who wrote what. This rewriting may perhaps
  3445. be a bigger menace than the unsolicited commercial email itself in the
  3446. end.
  3447. The biggest problem I have with email spam is that it comes in under
  3448. false pretenses. I press `g' and Gnus merrily informs me that I have
  3449. 10 new emails. I say "Golly gee! Happy is me!" and select the mail
  3450. group, only to find two pyramid schemes, seven advertisements ("New!
  3451. Miracle tonic for growing full, lustrous hair on your toes!") and one
  3452. mail asking me to repent and find some god.
  3453. This is annoying. Here's what you can do about it.
  3454. * Menu:
  3455. * The problem of spam:: Some background, and some solutions
  3456. * Anti-Spam Basics:: Simple steps to reduce the amount of spam.
  3457. * SpamAssassin:: How to use external anti-spam tools.
  3458. * Hashcash:: Reduce spam by burning CPU time.
  3459. 
  3460. File: gnus, Node: The problem of spam, Next: Anti-Spam Basics, Up: Thwarting Email Spam
  3461. 9.17.1 The problem of spam
  3462. --------------------------
  3463. First, some background on spam.
  3464. If you have access to e-mail, you are familiar with spam (technically
  3465. termed UCE, Unsolicited Commercial E-mail). Simply put, it exists
  3466. because e-mail delivery is very cheap compared to paper mail, so only a
  3467. very small percentage of people need to respond to an UCE to make it
  3468. worthwhile to the advertiser. Ironically, one of the most common spams
  3469. is the one offering a database of e-mail addresses for further
  3470. spamming. Senders of spam are usually called _spammers_, but terms
  3471. like _vermin_, _scum_, _sociopaths_, and _morons_ are in common use as
  3472. well.
  3473. Spam comes from a wide variety of sources. It is simply impossible
  3474. to dispose of all spam without discarding useful messages. A good
  3475. example is the TMDA system, which requires senders unknown to you to
  3476. confirm themselves as legitimate senders before their e-mail can reach
  3477. you. Without getting into the technical side of TMDA, a downside is
  3478. clearly that e-mail from legitimate sources may be discarded if those
  3479. sources can't or won't confirm themselves through the TMDA system.
  3480. Another problem with TMDA is that it requires its users to have a basic
  3481. understanding of e-mail delivery and processing.
  3482. The simplest approach to filtering spam is filtering, at the mail
  3483. server or when you sort through incoming mail. If you get 200 spam
  3484. messages per day from `random-address@vmadmin.com', you block
  3485. `vmadmin.com'. If you get 200 messages about `VIAGRA', you discard all
  3486. messages with `VIAGRA' in the message. If you get lots of spam from
  3487. Bulgaria, for example, you try to filter all mail from Bulgarian IPs.
  3488. This, unfortunately, is a great way to discard legitimate e-mail.
  3489. The risks of blocking a whole country (Bulgaria, Norway, Nigeria, China,
  3490. etc.) or even a continent (Asia, Africa, Europe, etc.) from contacting
  3491. you should be obvious, so don't do it if you have the choice.
  3492. In another instance, the very informative and useful RISKS digest has
  3493. been blocked by overzealous mail filters because it *contained* words
  3494. that were common in spam messages. Nevertheless, in isolated cases,
  3495. with great care, direct filtering of mail can be useful.
  3496. Another approach to filtering e-mail is the distributed spam
  3497. processing, for instance DCC implements such a system. In essence, N
  3498. systems around the world agree that a machine X in Ghana, Estonia, or
  3499. California is sending out spam e-mail, and these N systems enter X or
  3500. the spam e-mail from X into a database. The criteria for spam
  3501. detection vary--it may be the number of messages sent, the content of
  3502. the messages, and so on. When a user of the distributed processing
  3503. system wants to find out if a message is spam, he consults one of those
  3504. N systems.
  3505. Distributed spam processing works very well against spammers that
  3506. send a large number of messages at once, but it requires the user to
  3507. set up fairly complicated checks. There are commercial and free
  3508. distributed spam processing systems. Distributed spam processing has
  3509. its risks as well. For instance legitimate e-mail senders have been
  3510. accused of sending spam, and their web sites and mailing lists have
  3511. been shut down for some time because of the incident.
  3512. The statistical approach to spam filtering is also popular. It is
  3513. based on a statistical analysis of previous spam messages. Usually the
  3514. analysis is a simple word frequency count, with perhaps pairs of words
  3515. or 3-word combinations thrown into the mix. Statistical analysis of
  3516. spam works very well in most of the cases, but it can classify
  3517. legitimate e-mail as spam in some cases. It takes time to run the
  3518. analysis, the full message must be analyzed, and the user has to store
  3519. the database of spam analysis. Statistical analysis on the server is
  3520. gaining popularity. This has the advantage of letting the user Just
  3521. Read Mail, but has the disadvantage that it's harder to tell the server
  3522. that it has misclassified mail.
  3523. Fighting spam is not easy, no matter what anyone says. There is no
  3524. magic switch that will distinguish Viagra ads from Mom's e-mails. Even
  3525. people are having a hard time telling spam apart from non-spam, because
  3526. spammers are actively looking to fool us into thinking they are Mom,
  3527. essentially. Spamming is irritating, irresponsible, and idiotic
  3528. behavior from a bunch of people who think the world owes them a favor.
  3529. We hope the following sections will help you in fighting the spam
  3530. plague.
  3531. 
  3532. File: gnus, Node: Anti-Spam Basics, Next: SpamAssassin, Prev: The problem of spam, Up: Thwarting Email Spam
  3533. 9.17.2 Anti-Spam Basics
  3534. -----------------------
  3535. One way of dealing with spam is having Gnus split out all spam into a
  3536. `spam' mail group (*note Splitting Mail::).
  3537. First, pick one (1) valid mail address that you can be reached at,
  3538. and put it in your `From' header of all your news articles. (I've
  3539. chosen `larsi@trym.ifi.uio.no', but for many addresses on the form
  3540. `larsi+usenet@ifi.uio.no' will be a better choice. Ask your sysadmin
  3541. whether your sendmail installation accepts keywords in the local part
  3542. of the mail address.)
  3543. (setq message-default-news-headers
  3544. "From: Lars Magne Ingebrigtsen <larsi@trym.ifi.uio.no>\n")
  3545. Then put the following split rule in `nnmail-split-fancy' (*note
  3546. Fancy Mail Splitting::):
  3547. (...
  3548. (to "larsi@trym.ifi.uio.no"
  3549. (| ("subject" "re:.*" "misc")
  3550. ("references" ".*@.*" "misc")
  3551. "spam"))
  3552. ...)
  3553. This says that all mail to this address is suspect, but if it has a
  3554. `Subject' that starts with a `Re:' or has a `References' header, it's
  3555. probably ok. All the rest goes to the `spam' group. (This idea
  3556. probably comes from Tim Pierce.)
  3557. In addition, many mail spammers talk directly to your SMTP server
  3558. and do not include your email address explicitly in the `To' header.
  3559. Why they do this is unknown--perhaps it's to thwart this thwarting
  3560. scheme? In any case, this is trivial to deal with--you just put
  3561. anything not addressed to you in the `spam' group by ending your fancy
  3562. split rule in this way:
  3563. (
  3564. ...
  3565. (to "larsi" "misc")
  3566. "spam")
  3567. In my experience, this will sort virtually everything into the right
  3568. group. You still have to check the `spam' group from time to time to
  3569. check for legitimate mail, though. If you feel like being a good net
  3570. citizen, you can even send off complaints to the proper authorities on
  3571. each unsolicited commercial email--at your leisure.
  3572. This works for me. It allows people an easy way to contact me (they
  3573. can just press `r' in the usual way), and I'm not bothered at all with
  3574. spam. It's a win-win situation. Forging `From' headers to point to
  3575. non-existent domains is yucky, in my opinion.
  3576. Be careful with this approach. Spammers are wise to it.
  3577. 
  3578. File: gnus, Node: SpamAssassin, Next: Hashcash, Prev: Anti-Spam Basics, Up: Thwarting Email Spam
  3579. 9.17.3 SpamAssassin, Vipul's Razor, DCC, etc
  3580. --------------------------------------------
  3581. The days where the hints in the previous section were sufficient in
  3582. avoiding spam are coming to an end. There are many tools out there
  3583. that claim to reduce the amount of spam you get. This section could
  3584. easily become outdated fast, as new products replace old, but
  3585. fortunately most of these tools seem to have similar interfaces. Even
  3586. though this section will use SpamAssassin as an example, it should be
  3587. easy to adapt it to most other tools.
  3588. Note that this section does not involve the `spam.el' package, which
  3589. is discussed in the next section. If you don't care for all the
  3590. features of `spam.el', you can make do with these simple recipes.
  3591. If the tool you are using is not installed on the mail server, you
  3592. need to invoke it yourself. Ideas on how to use the `:postscript' mail
  3593. source parameter (*note Mail Source Specifiers::) follow.
  3594. (setq mail-sources
  3595. '((file :prescript "formail -bs spamassassin < /var/mail/%u")
  3596. (pop :user "jrl"
  3597. :server "pophost"
  3598. :postscript
  3599. "mv %t /tmp/foo; formail -bs spamc < /tmp/foo > %t")))
  3600. Once you manage to process your incoming spool somehow, thus making
  3601. the mail contain e.g. a header indicating it is spam, you are ready to
  3602. filter it out. Using normal split methods (*note Splitting Mail::):
  3603. (setq nnmail-split-methods '(("spam" "^X-Spam-Flag: YES")
  3604. ...))
  3605. Or using fancy split methods (*note Fancy Mail Splitting::):
  3606. (setq nnmail-split-methods 'nnmail-split-fancy
  3607. nnmail-split-fancy '(| ("X-Spam-Flag" "YES" "spam")
  3608. ...))
  3609. Some people might not like the idea of piping the mail through
  3610. various programs using a `:prescript' (if some program is buggy, you
  3611. might lose all mail). If you are one of them, another solution is to
  3612. call the external tools during splitting. Example fancy split method:
  3613. (setq nnmail-split-fancy '(| (: kevin-spamassassin)
  3614. ...))
  3615. (defun kevin-spamassassin ()
  3616. (save-excursion
  3617. (save-restriction
  3618. (widen)
  3619. (if (eq 1 (call-process-region (point-min) (point-max)
  3620. "spamc" nil nil nil "-c"))
  3621. "spam"))))
  3622. Note that with the nnimap back end, message bodies will not be
  3623. downloaded by default. You need to set `nnimap-split-download-body' to
  3624. `t' to do that (*note Client-Side IMAP Splitting::).
  3625. That is about it. As some spam is likely to get through anyway, you
  3626. might want to have a nifty function to call when you happen to read
  3627. spam. And here is the nifty function:
  3628. (defun my-gnus-raze-spam ()
  3629. "Submit SPAM to Vipul's Razor, then mark it as expirable."
  3630. (interactive)
  3631. (gnus-summary-save-in-pipe "razor-report -f -d" t)
  3632. (gnus-summary-mark-as-expirable 1))
  3633. 
  3634. File: gnus, Node: Hashcash, Prev: SpamAssassin, Up: Thwarting Email Spam
  3635. 9.17.4 Hashcash
  3636. ---------------
  3637. A novel technique to fight spam is to require senders to do something
  3638. costly and demonstrably unique for each message they send. This has
  3639. the obvious drawback that you cannot rely on everyone in the world
  3640. using this technique, since it is not part of the Internet standards,
  3641. but it may be useful in smaller communities.
  3642. While the tools in the previous section work well in practice, they
  3643. work only because the tools are constantly maintained and updated as
  3644. new form of spam appears. This means that a small percentage of spam
  3645. will always get through. It also means that somewhere, someone needs
  3646. to read lots of spam to update these tools. Hashcash avoids that, but
  3647. instead prefers that everyone you contact through e-mail supports the
  3648. scheme. You can view the two approaches as pragmatic vs dogmatic. The
  3649. approaches have their own advantages and disadvantages, but as often in
  3650. the real world, a combination of them is stronger than either one of
  3651. them separately.
  3652. The "something costly" is to burn CPU time, more specifically to
  3653. compute a hash collision up to a certain number of bits. The resulting
  3654. hashcash cookie is inserted in a `X-Hashcash:' header. For more
  3655. details, and for the external application `hashcash' you need to
  3656. install to use this feature, see `http://www.hashcash.org/'. Even more
  3657. information can be found at `http://www.camram.org/'.
  3658. If you wish to generate hashcash for each message you send, you can
  3659. customize `message-generate-hashcash' (*note Mail Headers:
  3660. (message)Mail Headers.), as in:
  3661. (setq message-generate-hashcash t)
  3662. You will need to set up some additional variables as well:
  3663. `hashcash-default-payment'
  3664. This variable indicates the default number of bits the hash
  3665. collision should consist of. By default this is 20. Suggested
  3666. useful values include 17 to 29.
  3667. `hashcash-payment-alist'
  3668. Some receivers may require you to spend burn more CPU time than the
  3669. default. This variable contains a list of `(ADDR AMOUNT)' cells,
  3670. where ADDR is the receiver (email address or newsgroup) and AMOUNT
  3671. is the number of bits in the collision that is needed. It can
  3672. also contain `(ADDR STRING AMOUNT)' cells, where the STRING is the
  3673. string to use (normally the email address or newsgroup name is
  3674. used).
  3675. `hashcash-path'
  3676. Where the `hashcash' binary is installed. This variable should be
  3677. automatically set by `executable-find', but if it's `nil' (usually
  3678. because the `hashcash' binary is not in your path) you'll get a
  3679. warning when you check hashcash payments and an error when you
  3680. generate hashcash payments.
  3681. Gnus can verify hashcash cookies, although this can also be done by
  3682. hand customized mail filtering scripts. To verify a hashcash cookie in
  3683. a message, use the `mail-check-payment' function in the `hashcash.el'
  3684. library. You can also use the `spam.el' package with the
  3685. `spam-use-hashcash' back end to validate hashcash cookies in incoming
  3686. mail and filter mail accordingly (*note Anti-spam Hashcash Payments::).
  3687. 
  3688. File: gnus, Node: Spam Package, Next: The Gnus Registry, Prev: Thwarting Email Spam, Up: Various
  3689. 9.18 Spam Package
  3690. =================
  3691. The Spam package provides Gnus with a centralized mechanism for
  3692. detecting and filtering spam. It filters new mail, and processes
  3693. messages according to whether they are spam or ham. ("Ham" is the name
  3694. used throughout this manual to indicate non-spam messages.)
  3695. * Menu:
  3696. * Spam Package Introduction::
  3697. * Filtering Incoming Mail::
  3698. * Detecting Spam in Groups::
  3699. * Spam and Ham Processors::
  3700. * Spam Package Configuration Examples::
  3701. * Spam Back Ends::
  3702. * Extending the Spam package::
  3703. * Spam Statistics Package::
  3704. 
  3705. File: gnus, Node: Spam Package Introduction, Next: Filtering Incoming Mail, Up: Spam Package
  3706. 9.18.1 Spam Package Introduction
  3707. --------------------------------
  3708. You must read this section to understand how the Spam package works.
  3709. Do not skip, speed-read, or glance through this section.
  3710. Make sure you read the section on the `spam.el' sequence of events.
  3711. See *Note Extending the Spam package::.
  3712. To use the Spam package, you *must* first run the function
  3713. `spam-initialize':
  3714. (spam-initialize)
  3715. This autoloads `spam.el' and installs the various hooks necessary to
  3716. let the Spam package do its job. In order to make use of the Spam
  3717. package, you have to set up certain group parameters and variables,
  3718. which we will describe below. All of the variables controlling the
  3719. Spam package can be found in the `spam' customization group.
  3720. There are two "contact points" between the Spam package and the rest
  3721. of Gnus: checking new mail for spam, and leaving a group.
  3722. Checking new mail for spam is done in one of two ways: while
  3723. splitting incoming mail, or when you enter a group.
  3724. The first way, checking for spam while splitting incoming mail, is
  3725. suited to mail back ends such as `nnml' or `nnimap', where new mail
  3726. appears in a single spool file. The Spam package processes incoming
  3727. mail, and sends mail considered to be spam to a designated "spam"
  3728. group. *Note Filtering Incoming Mail::.
  3729. The second way is suited to back ends such as `nntp', which have no
  3730. incoming mail spool, or back ends where the server is in charge of
  3731. splitting incoming mail. In this case, when you enter a Gnus group,
  3732. the unseen or unread messages in that group are checked for spam.
  3733. Detected spam messages are marked as spam. *Note Detecting Spam in
  3734. Groups::.
  3735. In either case, you have to tell the Spam package what method to use
  3736. to detect spam messages. There are several methods, or "spam back
  3737. ends" (not to be confused with Gnus back ends!) to choose from: spam
  3738. "blacklists" and "whitelists", dictionary-based filters, and so forth.
  3739. *Note Spam Back Ends::.
  3740. In the Gnus summary buffer, messages that have been identified as
  3741. spam always appear with a `$' symbol.
  3742. The Spam package divides Gnus groups into three categories: ham
  3743. groups, spam groups, and unclassified groups. You should mark each of
  3744. the groups you subscribe to as either a ham group or a spam group,
  3745. using the `spam-contents' group parameter (*note Group Parameters::).
  3746. Spam groups have a special property: when you enter a spam group, all
  3747. unseen articles are marked as spam. Thus, mail split into a spam group
  3748. is automatically marked as spam.
  3749. Identifying spam messages is only half of the Spam package's job.
  3750. The second half comes into play whenever you exit a group buffer. At
  3751. this point, the Spam package does several things:
  3752. First, it calls "spam and ham processors" to process the articles
  3753. according to whether they are spam or ham. There is a pair of spam and
  3754. ham processors associated with each spam back end, and what the
  3755. processors do depends on the back end. At present, the main role of
  3756. spam and ham processors is for dictionary-based spam filters: they add
  3757. the contents of the messages in the group to the filter's dictionary,
  3758. to improve its ability to detect future spam. The `spam-process' group
  3759. parameter specifies what spam processors to use. *Note Spam and Ham
  3760. Processors::.
  3761. If the spam filter failed to mark a spam message, you can mark it
  3762. yourself, so that the message is processed as spam when you exit the
  3763. group:
  3764. `$'
  3765. `M-d'
  3766. `M s x'
  3767. `S x'
  3768. Mark current article as spam, showing it with the `$' mark
  3769. (`gnus-summary-mark-as-spam').
  3770. Similarly, you can unmark an article if it has been erroneously marked
  3771. as spam. *Note Setting Marks::.
  3772. Normally, a ham message found in a non-ham group is not processed as
  3773. ham--the rationale is that it should be moved into a ham group for
  3774. further processing (see below). However, you can force these articles
  3775. to be processed as ham by setting `spam-process-ham-in-spam-groups' and
  3776. `spam-process-ham-in-nonham-groups'.
  3777. The second thing that the Spam package does when you exit a group is
  3778. to move ham articles out of spam groups, and spam articles out of ham
  3779. groups. Ham in a spam group is moved to the group specified by the
  3780. variable `gnus-ham-process-destinations', or the group parameter
  3781. `ham-process-destination'. Spam in a ham group is moved to the group
  3782. specified by the variable `gnus-spam-process-destinations', or the
  3783. group parameter `spam-process-destination'. If these variables are not
  3784. set, the articles are left in their current group. If an article
  3785. cannot be moved (e.g., with a read-only backend such as NNTP), it is
  3786. copied.
  3787. If an article is moved to another group, it is processed again when
  3788. you visit the new group. Normally, this is not a problem, but if you
  3789. want each article to be processed only once, load the
  3790. `gnus-registry.el' package and set the variable `spam-log-to-registry'
  3791. to `t'. *Note Spam Package Configuration Examples::.
  3792. Normally, spam groups ignore `gnus-spam-process-destinations'.
  3793. However, if you set `spam-move-spam-nonspam-groups-only' to `nil', spam
  3794. will also be moved out of spam groups, depending on the
  3795. `spam-process-destination' parameter.
  3796. The final thing the Spam package does is to mark spam articles as
  3797. expired, which is usually the right thing to do.
  3798. If all this seems confusing, don't worry. Soon it will be as natural
  3799. as typing Lisp one-liners on a neural interface... err, sorry, that's
  3800. 50 years in the future yet. Just trust us, it's not so bad.
  3801. 
  3802. File: gnus, Node: Filtering Incoming Mail, Next: Detecting Spam in Groups, Prev: Spam Package Introduction, Up: Spam Package
  3803. 9.18.2 Filtering Incoming Mail
  3804. ------------------------------
  3805. To use the Spam package to filter incoming mail, you must first set up
  3806. fancy mail splitting. *Note Fancy Mail Splitting::. The Spam package
  3807. defines a special splitting function that you can add to your fancy
  3808. split variable (either `nnmail-split-fancy' or `nnimap-split-fancy',
  3809. depending on your mail back end):
  3810. (: spam-split)
  3811. The `spam-split' function scans incoming mail according to your chosen
  3812. spam back end(s), and sends messages identified as spam to a spam
  3813. group. By default, the spam group is a group named `spam', but you can
  3814. change this by customizing `spam-split-group'. Make sure the contents
  3815. of `spam-split-group' are an unqualified group name. For instance, in
  3816. an `nnimap' server `your-server', the value `spam' means
  3817. `nnimap+your-server:spam'. The value `nnimap+server:spam' is therefore
  3818. wrong--it gives the group `nnimap+your-server:nnimap+server:spam'.
  3819. `spam-split' does not modify the contents of messages in any way.
  3820. Note for IMAP users: if you use the `spam-check-bogofilter',
  3821. `spam-check-ifile', and `spam-check-stat' spam back ends, you should
  3822. also set the variable `nnimap-split-download-body' to `t'. These spam
  3823. back ends are most useful when they can "scan" the full message body.
  3824. By default, the nnimap back end only retrieves the message headers;
  3825. `nnimap-split-download-body' tells it to retrieve the message bodies as
  3826. well. We don't set this by default because it will slow IMAP down, and
  3827. that is not an appropriate decision to make on behalf of the user.
  3828. *Note Client-Side IMAP Splitting::.
  3829. You have to specify one or more spam back ends for `spam-split' to
  3830. use, by setting the `spam-use-*' variables. *Note Spam Back Ends::.
  3831. Normally, `spam-split' simply uses all the spam back ends you enabled
  3832. in this way. However, you can tell `spam-split' to use only some of
  3833. them. Why this is useful? Suppose you are using the
  3834. `spam-use-regex-headers' and `spam-use-blackholes' spam back ends, and
  3835. the following split rule:
  3836. nnimap-split-fancy '(|
  3837. (any "ding" "ding")
  3838. (: spam-split)
  3839. ;; default mailbox
  3840. "mail")
  3841. The problem is that you want all ding messages to make it to the ding
  3842. folder. But that will let obvious spam (for example, spam detected by
  3843. SpamAssassin, and `spam-use-regex-headers') through, when it's sent to
  3844. the ding list. On the other hand, some messages to the ding list are
  3845. from a mail server in the blackhole list, so the invocation of
  3846. `spam-split' can't be before the ding rule.
  3847. The solution is to let SpamAssassin headers supersede ding rules, and
  3848. perform the other `spam-split' rules (including a second invocation of
  3849. the regex-headers check) after the ding rule. This is done by passing
  3850. a parameter to `spam-split':
  3851. nnimap-split-fancy
  3852. '(|
  3853. ;; spam detected by `spam-use-regex-headers' goes to `regex-spam'
  3854. (: spam-split "regex-spam" 'spam-use-regex-headers)
  3855. (any "ding" "ding")
  3856. ;; all other spam detected by spam-split goes to `spam-split-group'
  3857. (: spam-split)
  3858. ;; default mailbox
  3859. "mail")
  3860. This lets you invoke specific `spam-split' checks depending on your
  3861. particular needs, and target the results of those checks to a
  3862. particular spam group. You don't have to throw all mail into all the
  3863. spam tests. Another reason why this is nice is that messages to
  3864. mailing lists you have rules for don't have to have resource-intensive
  3865. blackhole checks performed on them. You could also specify different
  3866. spam checks for your nnmail split vs. your nnimap split. Go crazy.
  3867. You should set the `spam-use-*' variables for whatever spam back
  3868. ends you intend to use. The reason is that when loading `spam.el',
  3869. some conditional loading is done depending on what `spam-use-xyz'
  3870. variables you have set. *Note Spam Back Ends::.
  3871. 
  3872. File: gnus, Node: Detecting Spam in Groups, Next: Spam and Ham Processors, Prev: Filtering Incoming Mail, Up: Spam Package
  3873. 9.18.3 Detecting Spam in Groups
  3874. -------------------------------
  3875. To detect spam when visiting a group, set the group's `spam-autodetect'
  3876. and `spam-autodetect-methods' group parameters. These are accessible
  3877. with `G c' or `G p', as usual (*note Group Parameters::).
  3878. You should set the `spam-use-*' variables for whatever spam back
  3879. ends you intend to use. The reason is that when loading `spam.el',
  3880. some conditional loading is done depending on what `spam-use-xyz'
  3881. variables you have set.
  3882. By default, only unseen articles are processed for spam. You can
  3883. force Gnus to recheck all messages in the group by setting the variable
  3884. `spam-autodetect-recheck-messages' to `t'.
  3885. If you use the `spam-autodetect' method of checking for spam, you
  3886. can specify different spam detection methods for different groups. For
  3887. instance, the `ding' group may have `spam-use-BBDB' as the
  3888. autodetection method, while the `suspect' group may have the
  3889. `spam-use-blacklist' and `spam-use-bogofilter' methods enabled. Unlike
  3890. with `spam-split', you don't have any control over the _sequence_ of
  3891. checks, but this is probably unimportant.
  3892. 
  3893. File: gnus, Node: Spam and Ham Processors, Next: Spam Package Configuration Examples, Prev: Detecting Spam in Groups, Up: Spam Package
  3894. 9.18.4 Spam and Ham Processors
  3895. ------------------------------
  3896. Spam and ham processors specify special actions to take when you exit a
  3897. group buffer. Spam processors act on spam messages, and ham processors
  3898. on ham messages. At present, the main role of these processors is to
  3899. update the dictionaries of dictionary-based spam back ends such as
  3900. Bogofilter (*note Bogofilter::) and the Spam Statistics package (*note
  3901. Spam Statistics Filtering::).
  3902. The spam and ham processors that apply to each group are determined
  3903. by the group's`spam-process' group parameter. If this group parameter
  3904. is not defined, they are determined by the variable
  3905. `gnus-spam-process-newsgroups'.
  3906. Gnus learns from the spam you get. You have to collect your spam in
  3907. one or more spam groups, and set or customize the variable
  3908. `spam-junk-mailgroups' as appropriate. You can also declare groups to
  3909. contain spam by setting their group parameter `spam-contents' to
  3910. `gnus-group-spam-classification-spam', or by customizing the
  3911. corresponding variable `gnus-spam-newsgroup-contents'. The
  3912. `spam-contents' group parameter and the `gnus-spam-newsgroup-contents'
  3913. variable can also be used to declare groups as _ham_ groups if you set
  3914. their classification to `gnus-group-spam-classification-ham'. If
  3915. groups are not classified by means of `spam-junk-mailgroups',
  3916. `spam-contents', or `gnus-spam-newsgroup-contents', they are considered
  3917. _unclassified_. All groups are unclassified by default.
  3918. In spam groups, all messages are considered to be spam by default:
  3919. they get the `$' mark (`gnus-spam-mark') when you enter the group. If
  3920. you have seen a message, had it marked as spam, then unmarked it, it
  3921. won't be marked as spam when you enter the group thereafter. You can
  3922. disable that behavior, so all unread messages will get the `$' mark, if
  3923. you set the `spam-mark-only-unseen-as-spam' parameter to `nil'. You
  3924. should remove the `$' mark when you are in the group summary buffer for
  3925. every message that is not spam after all. To remove the `$' mark, you
  3926. can use `M-u' to "unread" the article, or `d' for declaring it read the
  3927. non-spam way. When you leave a group, all spam-marked (`$') articles
  3928. are sent to a spam processor which will study them as spam samples.
  3929. Messages may also be deleted in various other ways, and unless
  3930. `ham-marks' group parameter gets overridden below, marks `R' and `r'
  3931. for default read or explicit delete, marks `X' and `K' for automatic or
  3932. explicit kills, as well as mark `Y' for low scores, are all considered
  3933. to be associated with articles which are not spam. This assumption
  3934. might be false, in particular if you use kill files or score files as
  3935. means for detecting genuine spam, you should then adjust the
  3936. `ham-marks' group parameter.
  3937. -- Variable: ham-marks
  3938. You can customize this group or topic parameter to be the list of
  3939. marks you want to consider ham. By default, the list contains the
  3940. deleted, read, killed, kill-filed, and low-score marks (the idea is
  3941. that these articles have been read, but are not spam). It can be
  3942. useful to also include the tick mark in the ham marks. It is not
  3943. recommended to make the unread mark a ham mark, because it normally
  3944. indicates a lack of classification. But you can do it, and we'll
  3945. be happy for you.
  3946. -- Variable: spam-marks
  3947. You can customize this group or topic parameter to be the list of
  3948. marks you want to consider spam. By default, the list contains
  3949. only the spam mark. It is not recommended to change that, but you
  3950. can if you really want to.
  3951. When you leave _any_ group, regardless of its `spam-contents'
  3952. classification, all spam-marked articles are sent to a spam processor,
  3953. which will study these as spam samples. If you explicit kill a lot,
  3954. you might sometimes end up with articles marked `K' which you never
  3955. saw, and which might accidentally contain spam. Best is to make sure
  3956. that real spam is marked with `$', and nothing else.
  3957. When you leave a _spam_ group, all spam-marked articles are marked
  3958. as expired after processing with the spam processor. This is not done
  3959. for _unclassified_ or _ham_ groups. Also, any *ham* articles in a spam
  3960. group will be moved to a location determined by either the
  3961. `ham-process-destination' group parameter or a match in the
  3962. `gnus-ham-process-destinations' variable, which is a list of regular
  3963. expressions matched with group names (it's easiest to customize this
  3964. variable with `M-x customize-variable <RET>
  3965. gnus-ham-process-destinations'). Each group name list is a standard
  3966. Lisp list, if you prefer to customize the variable manually. If the
  3967. `ham-process-destination' parameter is not set, ham articles are left
  3968. in place. If the `spam-mark-ham-unread-before-move-from-spam-group'
  3969. parameter is set, the ham articles are marked as unread before being
  3970. moved.
  3971. If ham can not be moved--because of a read-only back end such as
  3972. NNTP, for example, it will be copied.
  3973. Note that you can use multiples destinations per group or regular
  3974. expression! This enables you to send your ham to a regular mail group
  3975. and to a _ham training_ group.
  3976. When you leave a _ham_ group, all ham-marked articles are sent to a
  3977. ham processor, which will study these as non-spam samples.
  3978. By default the variable `spam-process-ham-in-spam-groups' is `nil'.
  3979. Set it to `t' if you want ham found in spam groups to be processed.
  3980. Normally this is not done, you are expected instead to send your ham to
  3981. a ham group and process it there.
  3982. By default the variable `spam-process-ham-in-nonham-groups' is
  3983. `nil'. Set it to `t' if you want ham found in non-ham (spam or
  3984. unclassified) groups to be processed. Normally this is not done, you
  3985. are expected instead to send your ham to a ham group and process it
  3986. there.
  3987. When you leave a _ham_ or _unclassified_ group, all *spam* articles
  3988. are moved to a location determined by either the
  3989. `spam-process-destination' group parameter or a match in the
  3990. `gnus-spam-process-destinations' variable, which is a list of regular
  3991. expressions matched with group names (it's easiest to customize this
  3992. variable with `M-x customize-variable <RET>
  3993. gnus-spam-process-destinations'). Each group name list is a standard
  3994. Lisp list, if you prefer to customize the variable manually. If the
  3995. `spam-process-destination' parameter is not set, the spam articles are
  3996. only expired. The group name is fully qualified, meaning that if you
  3997. see `nntp:servername' before the group name in the group buffer then
  3998. you need it here as well.
  3999. If spam can not be moved--because of a read-only back end such as
  4000. NNTP, for example, it will be copied.
  4001. Note that you can use multiples destinations per group or regular
  4002. expression! This enables you to send your spam to multiple _spam
  4003. training_ groups.
  4004. The problem with processing ham and spam is that Gnus doesn't track
  4005. this processing by default. Enable the `spam-log-to-registry' variable
  4006. so `spam.el' will use `gnus-registry.el' to track what articles have
  4007. been processed, and avoid processing articles multiple times. Keep in
  4008. mind that if you limit the number of registry entries, this won't work
  4009. as well as it does without a limit.
  4010. Set this variable if you want only unseen articles in spam groups to
  4011. be marked as spam. By default, it is set. If you set it to `nil',
  4012. unread articles will also be marked as spam.
  4013. Set this variable if you want ham to be unmarked before it is moved
  4014. out of the spam group. This is very useful when you use something like
  4015. the tick mark `!' to mark ham--the article will be placed in your
  4016. `ham-process-destination', unmarked as if it came fresh from the mail
  4017. server.
  4018. When autodetecting spam, this variable tells `spam.el' whether only
  4019. unseen articles or all unread articles should be checked for spam. It
  4020. is recommended that you leave it off.
  4021. 
  4022. File: gnus, Node: Spam Package Configuration Examples, Next: Spam Back Ends, Prev: Spam and Ham Processors, Up: Spam Package
  4023. 9.18.5 Spam Package Configuration Examples
  4024. ------------------------------------------
  4025. Ted's setup
  4026. ...........
  4027. From Ted Zlatanov <tzz@lifelogs.com>.
  4028. ;; for `gnus-registry-split-fancy-with-parent' and spam autodetection
  4029. ;; see `gnus-registry.el' for more information
  4030. (gnus-registry-initialize)
  4031. (spam-initialize)
  4032. (setq
  4033. spam-log-to-registry t ; for spam autodetection
  4034. spam-use-BBDB t
  4035. spam-use-regex-headers t ; catch X-Spam-Flag (SpamAssassin)
  4036. ;; all groups with `spam' in the name contain spam
  4037. gnus-spam-newsgroup-contents
  4038. '(("spam" gnus-group-spam-classification-spam))
  4039. ;; see documentation for these
  4040. spam-move-spam-nonspam-groups-only nil
  4041. spam-mark-only-unseen-as-spam t
  4042. spam-mark-ham-unread-before-move-from-spam-group t
  4043. ;; understand what this does before you copy it to your own setup!
  4044. ;; for nnimap you'll probably want to set nnimap-split-methods, see the manual
  4045. nnimap-split-fancy '(|
  4046. ;; trace references to parents and put in their group
  4047. (: gnus-registry-split-fancy-with-parent)
  4048. ;; this will catch server-side SpamAssassin tags
  4049. (: spam-split 'spam-use-regex-headers)
  4050. (any "ding" "ding")
  4051. ;; note that spam by default will go to `spam'
  4052. (: spam-split)
  4053. ;; default mailbox
  4054. "mail"))
  4055. ;; my parameters, set with `G p'
  4056. ;; all nnml groups, and all nnimap groups except
  4057. ;; `nnimap+mail.lifelogs.com:train' and
  4058. ;; `nnimap+mail.lifelogs.com:spam': any spam goes to nnimap training,
  4059. ;; because it must have been detected manually
  4060. ((spam-process-destination . "nnimap+mail.lifelogs.com:train"))
  4061. ;; all NNTP groups
  4062. ;; autodetect spam with the blacklist and ham with the BBDB
  4063. ((spam-autodetect-methods spam-use-blacklist spam-use-BBDB)
  4064. ;; send all spam to the training group
  4065. (spam-process-destination . "nnimap+mail.lifelogs.com:train"))
  4066. ;; only some NNTP groups, where I want to autodetect spam
  4067. ((spam-autodetect . t))
  4068. ;; my nnimap `nnimap+mail.lifelogs.com:spam' group
  4069. ;; this is a spam group
  4070. ((spam-contents gnus-group-spam-classification-spam)
  4071. ;; any spam (which happens when I enter for all unseen messages,
  4072. ;; because of the `gnus-spam-newsgroup-contents' setting above), goes to
  4073. ;; `nnimap+mail.lifelogs.com:train' unless I mark it as ham
  4074. (spam-process-destination "nnimap+mail.lifelogs.com:train")
  4075. ;; any ham goes to my `nnimap+mail.lifelogs.com:mail' folder, but
  4076. ;; also to my `nnimap+mail.lifelogs.com:trainham' folder for training
  4077. (ham-process-destination "nnimap+mail.lifelogs.com:mail"
  4078. "nnimap+mail.lifelogs.com:trainham")
  4079. ;; in this group, only `!' marks are ham
  4080. (ham-marks
  4081. (gnus-ticked-mark))
  4082. ;; remembers senders in the blacklist on the way out--this is
  4083. ;; definitely not needed, it just makes me feel better
  4084. (spam-process (gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-blacklist)))
  4085. ;; Later, on the IMAP server I use the `train' group for training
  4086. ;; SpamAssassin to recognize spam, and the `trainham' group fora
  4087. ;; recognizing ham--but Gnus has nothing to do with it.
  4088. Using `spam.el' on an IMAP server with a statistical filter on the server
  4089. .........................................................................
  4090. From Reiner Steib <reiner.steib@gmx.de>.
  4091. My provider has set up bogofilter (in combination with DCC) on the
  4092. mail server (IMAP). Recognized spam goes to `spam.detected', the rest
  4093. goes through the normal filter rules, i.e. to `some.folder' or to
  4094. `INBOX'. Training on false positives or negatives is done by copying
  4095. or moving the article to `training.ham' or `training.spam'
  4096. respectively. A cron job on the server feeds those to bogofilter with
  4097. the suitable ham or spam options and deletes them from the
  4098. `training.ham' and `training.spam' folders.
  4099. With the following entries in `gnus-parameters', `spam.el' does most
  4100. of the job for me:
  4101. ("nnimap:spam\\.detected"
  4102. (gnus-article-sort-functions '(gnus-article-sort-by-chars))
  4103. (ham-process-destination "nnimap:INBOX" "nnimap:training.ham")
  4104. (spam-contents gnus-group-spam-classification-spam))
  4105. ("nnimap:\\(INBOX\\|other-folders\\)"
  4106. (spam-process-destination . "nnimap:training.spam")
  4107. (spam-contents gnus-group-spam-classification-ham))
  4108. * The Spam folder:
  4109. In the folder `spam.detected', I have to check for false positives
  4110. (i.e. legitimate mails, that were wrongly judged as spam by
  4111. bogofilter or DCC).
  4112. Because of the `gnus-group-spam-classification-spam' entry, all
  4113. messages are marked as spam (with `$'). When I find a false
  4114. positive, I mark the message with some other ham mark
  4115. (`ham-marks', *note Spam and Ham Processors::). On group exit,
  4116. those messages are copied to both groups, `INBOX' (where I want to
  4117. have the article) and `training.ham' (for training bogofilter) and
  4118. deleted from the `spam.detected' folder.
  4119. The `gnus-article-sort-by-chars' entry simplifies detection of
  4120. false positives for me. I receive lots of worms (sweN, ...), that
  4121. all have a similar size. Grouping them by size (i.e. chars) makes
  4122. finding other false positives easier. (Of course worms aren't spam
  4123. (UCE, UBE) strictly speaking. Anyhow, bogofilter is an excellent
  4124. tool for filtering those unwanted mails for me.)
  4125. * Ham folders:
  4126. In my ham folders, I just hit `S x' (`gnus-summary-mark-as-spam')
  4127. whenever I see an unrecognized spam mail (false negative). On
  4128. group exit, those messages are moved to `training.spam'.
  4129. Reporting spam articles in Gmane groups with `spam-report.el'
  4130. .............................................................
  4131. From Reiner Steib <reiner.steib@gmx.de>.
  4132. With following entry in `gnus-parameters', `S x'
  4133. (`gnus-summary-mark-as-spam') marks articles in `gmane.*' groups as
  4134. spam and reports the to Gmane at group exit:
  4135. ("^gmane\\."
  4136. (spam-process (gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-report-gmane)))
  4137. Additionally, I use `(setq spam-report-gmane-use-article-number nil)'
  4138. because I don't read the groups directly from news.gmane.org, but
  4139. through my local news server (leafnode). I.e. the article numbers are
  4140. not the same as on news.gmane.org, thus `spam-report.el' has to check
  4141. the `X-Report-Spam' header to find the correct number.
  4142. 
  4143. File: gnus, Node: Spam Back Ends, Next: Extending the Spam package, Prev: Spam Package Configuration Examples, Up: Spam Package
  4144. 9.18.6 Spam Back Ends
  4145. ---------------------
  4146. The spam package offers a variety of back ends for detecting spam.
  4147. Each back end defines a set of methods for detecting spam (*note
  4148. Filtering Incoming Mail::, *note Detecting Spam in Groups::), and a
  4149. pair of spam and ham processors (*note Spam and Ham Processors::).
  4150. * Menu:
  4151. * Blacklists and Whitelists::
  4152. * BBDB Whitelists::
  4153. * Gmane Spam Reporting::
  4154. * Anti-spam Hashcash Payments::
  4155. * Blackholes::
  4156. * Regular Expressions Header Matching::
  4157. * Bogofilter::
  4158. * SpamAssassin back end::
  4159. * ifile spam filtering::
  4160. * Spam Statistics Filtering::
  4161. * SpamOracle::
  4162. 
  4163. File: gnus, Node: Blacklists and Whitelists, Next: BBDB Whitelists, Up: Spam Back Ends
  4164. 9.18.6.1 Blacklists and Whitelists
  4165. ..................................
  4166. -- Variable: spam-use-blacklist
  4167. Set this variable to `t' if you want to use blacklists when
  4168. splitting incoming mail. Messages whose senders are in the
  4169. blacklist will be sent to the `spam-split-group'. This is an
  4170. explicit filter, meaning that it acts only on mail senders
  4171. _declared_ to be spammers.
  4172. -- Variable: spam-use-whitelist
  4173. Set this variable to `t' if you want to use whitelists when
  4174. splitting incoming mail. Messages whose senders are not in the
  4175. whitelist will be sent to the next spam-split rule. This is an
  4176. explicit filter, meaning that unless someone is in the whitelist,
  4177. their messages are not assumed to be spam or ham.
  4178. -- Variable: spam-use-whitelist-exclusive
  4179. Set this variable to `t' if you want to use whitelists as an
  4180. implicit filter, meaning that every message will be considered spam
  4181. unless the sender is in the whitelist. Use with care.
  4182. -- Variable: gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-blacklist
  4183. Add this symbol to a group's `spam-process' parameter by
  4184. customizing the group parameters or the
  4185. `gnus-spam-process-newsgroups' variable. When this symbol is
  4186. added to a group's `spam-process' parameter, the senders of
  4187. spam-marked articles will be added to the blacklist.
  4188. _WARNING_
  4189. Instead of the obsolete
  4190. `gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-blacklist', it is recommended that
  4191. you use `(spam spam-use-blacklist)'. Everything will work the
  4192. same way, we promise.
  4193. -- Variable: gnus-group-ham-exit-processor-whitelist
  4194. Add this symbol to a group's `spam-process' parameter by
  4195. customizing the group parameters or the
  4196. `gnus-spam-process-newsgroups' variable. When this symbol is
  4197. added to a group's `spam-process' parameter, the senders of
  4198. ham-marked articles in _ham_ groups will be added to the whitelist.
  4199. _WARNING_
  4200. Instead of the obsolete `gnus-group-ham-exit-processor-whitelist',
  4201. it is recommended that you use `(ham spam-use-whitelist)'.
  4202. Everything will work the same way, we promise.
  4203. Blacklists are lists of regular expressions matching addresses you
  4204. consider to be spam senders. For instance, to block mail from any
  4205. sender at `vmadmin.com', you can put `vmadmin.com' in your blacklist.
  4206. You start out with an empty blacklist. Blacklist entries use the Emacs
  4207. regular expression syntax.
  4208. Conversely, whitelists tell Gnus what addresses are considered
  4209. legitimate. All messages from whitelisted addresses are considered
  4210. non-spam. Also see *note BBDB Whitelists::. Whitelist entries use the
  4211. Emacs regular expression syntax.
  4212. The blacklist and whitelist file locations can be customized with the
  4213. `spam-directory' variable (`~/News/spam' by default), or the
  4214. `spam-whitelist' and `spam-blacklist' variables directly. The
  4215. whitelist and blacklist files will by default be in the
  4216. `spam-directory' directory, named `whitelist' and `blacklist'
  4217. respectively.
  4218. 
  4219. File: gnus, Node: BBDB Whitelists, Next: Gmane Spam Reporting, Prev: Blacklists and Whitelists, Up: Spam Back Ends
  4220. 9.18.6.2 BBDB Whitelists
  4221. ........................
  4222. -- Variable: spam-use-BBDB
  4223. Analogous to `spam-use-whitelist' (*note Blacklists and
  4224. Whitelists::), but uses the BBDB as the source of whitelisted
  4225. addresses, without regular expressions. You must have the BBDB
  4226. loaded for `spam-use-BBDB' to work properly. Messages whose
  4227. senders are not in the BBDB will be sent to the next spam-split
  4228. rule. This is an explicit filter, meaning that unless someone is
  4229. in the BBDB, their messages are not assumed to be spam or ham.
  4230. -- Variable: spam-use-BBDB-exclusive
  4231. Set this variable to `t' if you want to use the BBDB as an
  4232. implicit filter, meaning that every message will be considered spam
  4233. unless the sender is in the BBDB. Use with care. Only sender
  4234. addresses in the BBDB will be allowed through; all others will be
  4235. classified as spammers.
  4236. While `spam-use-BBDB-exclusive' _can_ be used as an alias for
  4237. `spam-use-BBDB' as far as `spam.el' is concerned, it is _not_ a
  4238. separate back end. If you set `spam-use-BBDB-exclusive' to t,
  4239. _all_ your BBDB splitting will be exclusive.
  4240. -- Variable: gnus-group-ham-exit-processor-BBDB
  4241. Add this symbol to a group's `spam-process' parameter by
  4242. customizing the group parameters or the
  4243. `gnus-spam-process-newsgroups' variable. When this symbol is
  4244. added to a group's `spam-process' parameter, the senders of
  4245. ham-marked articles in _ham_ groups will be added to the BBDB.
  4246. _WARNING_
  4247. Instead of the obsolete `gnus-group-ham-exit-processor-BBDB', it
  4248. is recommended that you use `(ham spam-use-BBDB)'. Everything
  4249. will work the same way, we promise.
  4250. 
  4251. File: gnus, Node: Gmane Spam Reporting, Next: Anti-spam Hashcash Payments, Prev: BBDB Whitelists, Up: Spam Back Ends
  4252. 9.18.6.3 Gmane Spam Reporting
  4253. .............................
  4254. -- Variable: gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-report-gmane
  4255. Add this symbol to a group's `spam-process' parameter by
  4256. customizing the group parameters or the
  4257. `gnus-spam-process-newsgroups' variable. When this symbol is
  4258. added to a group's `spam-process' parameter, the spam-marked
  4259. articles groups will be reported to the Gmane administrators via a
  4260. HTTP request.
  4261. Gmane can be found at `http://gmane.org'.
  4262. _WARNING_
  4263. Instead of the obsolete
  4264. `gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-report-gmane', it is recommended
  4265. that you use `(spam spam-use-gmane)'. Everything will work the
  4266. same way, we promise.
  4267. -- Variable: spam-report-gmane-use-article-number
  4268. This variable is `t' by default. Set it to `nil' if you are
  4269. running your own news server, for instance, and the local article
  4270. numbers don't correspond to the Gmane article numbers. When
  4271. `spam-report-gmane-use-article-number' is `nil', `spam-report.el'
  4272. will fetch the number from the article headers.
  4273. -- Variable: spam-report-user-mail-address
  4274. Mail address exposed in the User-Agent spam reports to Gmane. It
  4275. allows the Gmane administrators to contact you in case of
  4276. misreports. The default is `user-mail-address'.
  4277. 
  4278. File: gnus, Node: Anti-spam Hashcash Payments, Next: Blackholes, Prev: Gmane Spam Reporting, Up: Spam Back Ends
  4279. 9.18.6.4 Anti-spam Hashcash Payments
  4280. ....................................
  4281. -- Variable: spam-use-hashcash
  4282. Similar to `spam-use-whitelist' (*note Blacklists and
  4283. Whitelists::), but uses hashcash tokens for whitelisting messages
  4284. instead of the sender address. Messages without a hashcash payment
  4285. token will be sent to the next spam-split rule. This is an
  4286. explicit filter, meaning that unless a hashcash token is found,
  4287. the messages are not assumed to be spam or ham.
  4288. 
  4289. File: gnus, Node: Blackholes, Next: Regular Expressions Header Matching, Prev: Anti-spam Hashcash Payments, Up: Spam Back Ends
  4290. 9.18.6.5 Blackholes
  4291. ...................
  4292. -- Variable: spam-use-blackholes
  4293. This option is disabled by default. You can let Gnus consult the
  4294. blackhole-type distributed spam processing systems (DCC, for
  4295. instance) when you set this option. The variable
  4296. `spam-blackhole-servers' holds the list of blackhole servers Gnus
  4297. will consult. The current list is fairly comprehensive, but make
  4298. sure to let us know if it contains outdated servers.
  4299. The blackhole check uses the `dig.el' package, but you can tell
  4300. `spam.el' to use `dns.el' instead for better performance if you
  4301. set `spam-use-dig' to `nil'. It is not recommended at this time
  4302. to set `spam-use-dig' to `nil' despite the possible performance
  4303. improvements, because some users may be unable to use it, but you
  4304. can try it and see if it works for you.
  4305. -- Variable: spam-blackhole-servers
  4306. The list of servers to consult for blackhole checks.
  4307. -- Variable: spam-blackhole-good-server-regex
  4308. A regular expression for IPs that should not be checked against the
  4309. blackhole server list. When set to `nil', it has no effect.
  4310. -- Variable: spam-use-dig
  4311. Use the `dig.el' package instead of the `dns.el' package. The
  4312. default setting of `t' is recommended.
  4313. Blackhole checks are done only on incoming mail. There is no spam or
  4314. ham processor for blackholes.
  4315. 
  4316. File: gnus, Node: Regular Expressions Header Matching, Next: Bogofilter, Prev: Blackholes, Up: Spam Back Ends
  4317. 9.18.6.6 Regular Expressions Header Matching
  4318. ............................................
  4319. -- Variable: spam-use-regex-headers
  4320. This option is disabled by default. You can let Gnus check the
  4321. message headers against lists of regular expressions when you set
  4322. this option. The variables `spam-regex-headers-spam' and
  4323. `spam-regex-headers-ham' hold the list of regular expressions.
  4324. Gnus will check against the message headers to determine if the
  4325. message is spam or ham, respectively.
  4326. -- Variable: spam-regex-headers-spam
  4327. The list of regular expressions that, when matched in the headers
  4328. of the message, positively identify it as spam.
  4329. -- Variable: spam-regex-headers-ham
  4330. The list of regular expressions that, when matched in the headers
  4331. of the message, positively identify it as ham.
  4332. Regular expression header checks are done only on incoming mail.
  4333. There is no specific spam or ham processor for regular expressions.
  4334. 
  4335. File: gnus, Node: Bogofilter, Next: SpamAssassin back end, Prev: Regular Expressions Header Matching, Up: Spam Back Ends
  4336. 9.18.6.7 Bogofilter
  4337. ...................
  4338. -- Variable: spam-use-bogofilter
  4339. Set this variable if you want `spam-split' to use Eric Raymond's
  4340. speedy Bogofilter.
  4341. With a minimum of care for associating the `$' mark for spam
  4342. articles only, Bogofilter training all gets fairly automatic. You
  4343. should do this until you get a few hundreds of articles in each
  4344. category, spam or not. The command `S t' in summary mode, either
  4345. for debugging or for curiosity, shows the _spamicity_ score of the
  4346. current article (between 0.0 and 1.0).
  4347. Bogofilter determines if a message is spam based on a specific
  4348. threshold. That threshold can be customized, consult the
  4349. Bogofilter documentation.
  4350. If the `bogofilter' executable is not in your path, Bogofilter
  4351. processing will be turned off.
  4352. You should not enable this if you use
  4353. `spam-use-bogofilter-headers'.
  4354. `M s t'
  4355. `S t'
  4356. Get the Bogofilter spamicity score (`spam-bogofilter-score').
  4357. -- Variable: spam-use-bogofilter-headers
  4358. Set this variable if you want `spam-split' to use Eric Raymond's
  4359. speedy Bogofilter, looking only at the message headers. It works
  4360. similarly to `spam-use-bogofilter', but the `X-Bogosity' header
  4361. must be in the message already. Normally you would do this with a
  4362. procmail recipe or something similar; consult the Bogofilter
  4363. installation documents for details.
  4364. You should not enable this if you use `spam-use-bogofilter'.
  4365. -- Variable: gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-bogofilter
  4366. Add this symbol to a group's `spam-process' parameter by
  4367. customizing the group parameters or the
  4368. `gnus-spam-process-newsgroups' variable. When this symbol is
  4369. added to a group's `spam-process' parameter, spam-marked articles
  4370. will be added to the Bogofilter spam database.
  4371. _WARNING_
  4372. Instead of the obsolete
  4373. `gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-bogofilter', it is recommended
  4374. that you use `(spam spam-use-bogofilter)'. Everything will work
  4375. the same way, we promise.
  4376. -- Variable: gnus-group-ham-exit-processor-bogofilter
  4377. Add this symbol to a group's `spam-process' parameter by
  4378. customizing the group parameters or the
  4379. `gnus-spam-process-newsgroups' variable. When this symbol is
  4380. added to a group's `spam-process' parameter, the ham-marked
  4381. articles in _ham_ groups will be added to the Bogofilter database
  4382. of non-spam messages.
  4383. _WARNING_
  4384. Instead of the obsolete
  4385. `gnus-group-ham-exit-processor-bogofilter', it is recommended that
  4386. you use `(ham spam-use-bogofilter)'. Everything will work the
  4387. same way, we promise.
  4388. -- Variable: spam-bogofilter-database-directory
  4389. This is the directory where Bogofilter will store its databases.
  4390. It is not specified by default, so Bogofilter will use its own
  4391. default database directory.
  4392. The Bogofilter mail classifier is similar to `ifile' in intent and
  4393. purpose. A ham and a spam processor are provided, plus the
  4394. `spam-use-bogofilter' and `spam-use-bogofilter-headers' variables to
  4395. indicate to spam-split that Bogofilter should either be used, or has
  4396. already been used on the article. The 0.9.2.1 version of Bogofilter
  4397. was used to test this functionality.
  4398. 
  4399. File: gnus, Node: SpamAssassin back end, Next: ifile spam filtering, Prev: Bogofilter, Up: Spam Back Ends
  4400. 9.18.6.8 SpamAssassin back end
  4401. ..............................
  4402. -- Variable: spam-use-spamassassin
  4403. Set this variable if you want `spam-split' to use SpamAssassin.
  4404. SpamAssassin assigns a score to each article based on a set of
  4405. rules and tests, including a Bayesian filter. The Bayesian filter
  4406. can be trained by associating the `$' mark for spam articles. The
  4407. spam score can be viewed by using the command `S t' in summary
  4408. mode.
  4409. If you set this variable, each article will be processed by
  4410. SpamAssassin when `spam-split' is called. If your mail is
  4411. preprocessed by SpamAssassin, and you want to just use the
  4412. SpamAssassin headers, set `spam-use-spamassassin-headers' instead.
  4413. You should not enable this if you use
  4414. `spam-use-spamassassin-headers'.
  4415. -- Variable: spam-use-spamassassin-headers
  4416. Set this variable if your mail is preprocessed by SpamAssassin and
  4417. want `spam-split' to split based on the SpamAssassin headers.
  4418. You should not enable this if you use `spam-use-spamassassin'.
  4419. -- Variable: spam-spamassassin-program
  4420. This variable points to the SpamAssassin executable. If you have
  4421. `spamd' running, you can set this variable to the `spamc'
  4422. executable for faster processing. See the SpamAssassin
  4423. documentation for more information on `spamd'/`spamc'.
  4424. SpamAssassin is a powerful and flexible spam filter that uses a wide
  4425. variety of tests to identify spam. A ham and a spam processors are
  4426. provided, plus the `spam-use-spamassassin' and
  4427. `spam-use-spamassassin-headers' variables to indicate to spam-split
  4428. that SpamAssassin should be either used, or has already been used on
  4429. the article. The 2.63 version of SpamAssassin was used to test this
  4430. functionality.
  4431. 
  4432. File: gnus, Node: ifile spam filtering, Next: Spam Statistics Filtering, Prev: SpamAssassin back end, Up: Spam Back Ends
  4433. 9.18.6.9 ifile spam filtering
  4434. .............................
  4435. -- Variable: spam-use-ifile
  4436. Enable this variable if you want `spam-split' to use `ifile', a
  4437. statistical analyzer similar to Bogofilter.
  4438. -- Variable: spam-ifile-all-categories
  4439. Enable this variable if you want `spam-use-ifile' to give you all
  4440. the ifile categories, not just spam/non-spam. If you use this,
  4441. make sure you train ifile as described in its documentation.
  4442. -- Variable: spam-ifile-spam-category
  4443. This is the category of spam messages as far as ifile is concerned.
  4444. The actual string used is irrelevant, but you probably want to
  4445. leave the default value of `spam'.
  4446. -- Variable: spam-ifile-database
  4447. This is the filename for the ifile database. It is not specified
  4448. by default, so ifile will use its own default database name.
  4449. The ifile mail classifier is similar to Bogofilter in intent and
  4450. purpose. A ham and a spam processor are provided, plus the
  4451. `spam-use-ifile' variable to indicate to spam-split that ifile should
  4452. be used. The 1.2.1 version of ifile was used to test this
  4453. functionality.
  4454. 
  4455. File: gnus, Node: Spam Statistics Filtering, Next: SpamOracle, Prev: ifile spam filtering, Up: Spam Back Ends
  4456. 9.18.6.10 Spam Statistics Filtering
  4457. ...................................
  4458. This back end uses the Spam Statistics Emacs Lisp package to perform
  4459. statistics-based filtering (*note Spam Statistics Package::). Before
  4460. using this, you may want to perform some additional steps to initialize
  4461. your Spam Statistics dictionary. *Note Creating a spam-stat
  4462. dictionary::.
  4463. -- Variable: spam-use-stat
  4464. -- Variable: gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-stat
  4465. Add this symbol to a group's `spam-process' parameter by
  4466. customizing the group parameters or the
  4467. `gnus-spam-process-newsgroups' variable. When this symbol is
  4468. added to a group's `spam-process' parameter, the spam-marked
  4469. articles will be added to the spam-stat database of spam messages.
  4470. _WARNING_
  4471. Instead of the obsolete `gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-stat', it
  4472. is recommended that you use `(spam spam-use-stat)'. Everything
  4473. will work the same way, we promise.
  4474. -- Variable: gnus-group-ham-exit-processor-stat
  4475. Add this symbol to a group's `spam-process' parameter by
  4476. customizing the group parameters or the
  4477. `gnus-spam-process-newsgroups' variable. When this symbol is
  4478. added to a group's `spam-process' parameter, the ham-marked
  4479. articles in _ham_ groups will be added to the spam-stat database
  4480. of non-spam messages.
  4481. _WARNING_
  4482. Instead of the obsolete `gnus-group-ham-exit-processor-stat', it
  4483. is recommended that you use `(ham spam-use-stat)'. Everything
  4484. will work the same way, we promise.
  4485. This enables `spam.el' to cooperate with `spam-stat.el'.
  4486. `spam-stat.el' provides an internal (Lisp-only) spam database, which
  4487. unlike ifile or Bogofilter does not require external programs. A spam
  4488. and a ham processor, and the `spam-use-stat' variable for `spam-split'
  4489. are provided.
  4490. 
  4491. File: gnus, Node: SpamOracle, Prev: Spam Statistics Filtering, Up: Spam Back Ends
  4492. 9.18.6.11 Using SpamOracle with Gnus
  4493. ....................................
  4494. An easy way to filter out spam is to use SpamOracle. SpamOracle is an
  4495. statistical mail filtering tool written by Xavier Leroy and needs to be
  4496. installed separately.
  4497. There are several ways to use SpamOracle with Gnus. In all cases,
  4498. your mail is piped through SpamOracle in its _mark_ mode. SpamOracle
  4499. will then enter an `X-Spam' header indicating whether it regards the
  4500. mail as a spam mail or not.
  4501. One possibility is to run SpamOracle as a `:prescript' from the
  4502. *Note Mail Source Specifiers::, (*note SpamAssassin::). This method has
  4503. the advantage that the user can see the _X-Spam_ headers.
  4504. The easiest method is to make `spam.el' (*note Spam Package::) call
  4505. SpamOracle.
  4506. To enable SpamOracle usage by `spam.el', set the variable
  4507. `spam-use-spamoracle' to `t' and configure the `nnmail-split-fancy' or
  4508. `nnimap-split-fancy'. *Note Spam Package::. In this example the
  4509. `INBOX' of an nnimap server is filtered using SpamOracle. Mails
  4510. recognized as spam mails will be moved to `spam-split-group', `Junk' in
  4511. this case. Ham messages stay in `INBOX':
  4512. (setq spam-use-spamoracle t
  4513. spam-split-group "Junk"
  4514. ;; for nnimap you'll probably want to set nnimap-split-methods, see the manual
  4515. nnimap-split-inbox '("INBOX")
  4516. nnimap-split-fancy '(| (: spam-split) "INBOX"))
  4517. -- Variable: spam-use-spamoracle
  4518. Set to `t' if you want Gnus to enable spam filtering using
  4519. SpamOracle.
  4520. -- Variable: spam-spamoracle-binary
  4521. Gnus uses the SpamOracle binary called `spamoracle' found in the
  4522. user's PATH. Using the variable `spam-spamoracle-binary', this
  4523. can be customized.
  4524. -- Variable: spam-spamoracle-database
  4525. By default, SpamOracle uses the file `~/.spamoracle.db' as a
  4526. database to store its analysis. This is controlled by the variable
  4527. `spam-spamoracle-database' which defaults to `nil'. That means
  4528. the default SpamOracle database will be used. In case you want
  4529. your database to live somewhere special, set
  4530. `spam-spamoracle-database' to this path.
  4531. SpamOracle employs a statistical algorithm to determine whether a
  4532. message is spam or ham. In order to get good results, meaning few
  4533. false hits or misses, SpamOracle needs training. SpamOracle learns the
  4534. characteristics of your spam mails. Using the _add_ mode (training
  4535. mode) one has to feed good (ham) and spam mails to SpamOracle. This
  4536. can be done by pressing `|' in the Summary buffer and pipe the mail to
  4537. a SpamOracle process or using `spam.el''s spam- and ham-processors,
  4538. which is much more convenient. For a detailed description of spam- and
  4539. ham-processors, *Note Spam Package::.
  4540. -- Variable: gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-spamoracle
  4541. Add this symbol to a group's `spam-process' parameter by
  4542. customizing the group parameter or the
  4543. `gnus-spam-process-newsgroups' variable. When this symbol is added
  4544. to a group's `spam-process' parameter, spam-marked articles will be
  4545. sent to SpamOracle as spam samples.
  4546. _WARNING_
  4547. Instead of the obsolete
  4548. `gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-spamoracle', it is recommended
  4549. that you use `(spam spam-use-spamoracle)'. Everything will work
  4550. the same way, we promise.
  4551. -- Variable: gnus-group-ham-exit-processor-spamoracle
  4552. Add this symbol to a group's `spam-process' parameter by
  4553. customizing the group parameter or the
  4554. `gnus-spam-process-newsgroups' variable. When this symbol is added
  4555. to a group's `spam-process' parameter, the ham-marked articles in
  4556. _ham_ groups will be sent to the SpamOracle as samples of ham
  4557. messages.
  4558. _WARNING_
  4559. Instead of the obsolete
  4560. `gnus-group-ham-exit-processor-spamoracle', it is recommended that
  4561. you use `(ham spam-use-spamoracle)'. Everything will work the
  4562. same way, we promise.
  4563. _Example:_ These are the Group Parameters of a group that has been
  4564. classified as a ham group, meaning that it should only contain ham
  4565. messages.
  4566. ((spam-contents gnus-group-spam-classification-ham)
  4567. (spam-process ((ham spam-use-spamoracle)
  4568. (spam spam-use-spamoracle))))
  4569. For this group the `spam-use-spamoracle' is installed for both ham
  4570. and spam processing. If the group contains spam message (e.g. because
  4571. SpamOracle has not had enough sample messages yet) and the user marks
  4572. some messages as spam messages, these messages will be processed by
  4573. SpamOracle. The processor sends the messages to SpamOracle as new
  4574. samples for spam.
  4575. 
  4576. File: gnus, Node: Extending the Spam package, Next: Spam Statistics Package, Prev: Spam Back Ends, Up: Spam Package
  4577. 9.18.7 Extending the Spam package
  4578. ---------------------------------
  4579. Say you want to add a new back end called blackbox. For filtering
  4580. incoming mail, provide the following:
  4581. 1. Code
  4582. (defvar spam-use-blackbox nil
  4583. "True if blackbox should be used.")
  4584. Write `spam-check-blackbox' if Blackbox can check incoming mail.
  4585. Write `spam-blackbox-register-routine' and
  4586. `spam-blackbox-unregister-routine' using the bogofilter
  4587. register/unregister routines as a start, or other
  4588. register/unregister routines more appropriate to Blackbox, if
  4589. Blackbox can register/unregister spam and ham.
  4590. 2. Functionality
  4591. The `spam-check-blackbox' function should return `nil' or
  4592. `spam-split-group', observing the other conventions. See the
  4593. existing `spam-check-*' functions for examples of what you can do,
  4594. and stick to the template unless you fully understand the reasons
  4595. why you aren't.
  4596. For processing spam and ham messages, provide the following:
  4597. 1. Code
  4598. Note you don't have to provide a spam or a ham processor. Only
  4599. provide them if Blackbox supports spam or ham processing.
  4600. Also, ham and spam processors are being phased out as single
  4601. variables. Instead the form `(spam spam-use-blackbox)' or `(ham
  4602. spam-use-blackbox)' is favored. For now, spam/ham processor
  4603. variables are still around but they won't be for long.
  4604. (defvar gnus-group-spam-exit-processor-blackbox "blackbox-spam"
  4605. "The Blackbox summary exit spam processor.
  4606. Only applicable to spam groups.")
  4607. (defvar gnus-group-ham-exit-processor-blackbox "blackbox-ham"
  4608. "The whitelist summary exit ham processor.
  4609. Only applicable to non-spam (unclassified and ham) groups.")
  4610. 2. Gnus parameters
  4611. Add
  4612. (const :tag "Spam: Blackbox" (spam spam-use-blackbox))
  4613. (const :tag "Ham: Blackbox" (ham spam-use-blackbox))
  4614. to the `spam-process' group parameter in `gnus.el'. Make sure you
  4615. do it twice, once for the parameter and once for the variable
  4616. customization.
  4617. Add
  4618. (variable-item spam-use-blackbox)
  4619. to the `spam-autodetect-methods' group parameter in `gnus.el' if
  4620. Blackbox can check incoming mail for spam contents.
  4621. Finally, use the appropriate `spam-install-*-backend' function in
  4622. `spam.el'. Here are the available functions.
  4623. 1. `spam-install-backend-alias'
  4624. This function will simply install an alias for a back end
  4625. that does everything like the original back end. It is
  4626. currently only used to make `spam-use-BBDB-exclusive' act
  4627. like `spam-use-BBDB'.
  4628. 2. `spam-install-nocheck-backend'
  4629. This function installs a back end that has no check function,
  4630. but can register/unregister ham or spam. The
  4631. `spam-use-gmane' back end is such a back end.
  4632. 3. `spam-install-checkonly-backend'
  4633. This function will install a back end that can only check
  4634. incoming mail for spam contents. It can't register or
  4635. unregister messages. `spam-use-blackholes' and
  4636. `spam-use-hashcash' are such back ends.
  4637. 4. `spam-install-statistical-checkonly-backend'
  4638. This function installs a statistical back end (one which
  4639. requires the full body of a message to check it) that can
  4640. only check incoming mail for contents. `spam-use-regex-body'
  4641. is such a filter.
  4642. 5. `spam-install-statistical-backend'
  4643. This function install a statistical back end with incoming
  4644. checks and registration/unregistration routines.
  4645. `spam-use-bogofilter' is set up this way.
  4646. 6. `spam-install-backend'
  4647. This is the most normal back end installation, where a back
  4648. end that can check and register/unregister messages is set up
  4649. without statistical abilities. The `spam-use-BBDB' is such a
  4650. back end.
  4651. 7. `spam-install-mover-backend'
  4652. Mover back ends are internal to `spam.el' and specifically
  4653. move articles around when the summary is exited. You will
  4654. very probably never install such a back end.
  4655. 
  4656. File: gnus, Node: Spam Statistics Package, Prev: Extending the Spam package, Up: Spam Package
  4657. 9.18.8 Spam Statistics Package
  4658. ------------------------------
  4659. Paul Graham has written an excellent essay about spam filtering using
  4660. statistics: A Plan for Spam (http://www.paulgraham.com/spam.html). In
  4661. it he describes the inherent deficiency of rule-based filtering as used
  4662. by SpamAssassin, for example: Somebody has to write the rules, and
  4663. everybody else has to install these rules. You are always late. It
  4664. would be much better, he argues, to filter mail based on whether it
  4665. somehow resembles spam or non-spam. One way to measure this is word
  4666. distribution. He then goes on to describe a solution that checks
  4667. whether a new mail resembles any of your other spam mails or not.
  4668. The basic idea is this: Create a two collections of your mail, one
  4669. with spam, one with non-spam. Count how often each word appears in
  4670. either collection, weight this by the total number of mails in the
  4671. collections, and store this information in a dictionary. For every
  4672. word in a new mail, determine its probability to belong to a spam or a
  4673. non-spam mail. Use the 15 most conspicuous words, compute the total
  4674. probability of the mail being spam. If this probability is higher than
  4675. a certain threshold, the mail is considered to be spam.
  4676. The Spam Statistics package adds support to Gnus for this kind of
  4677. filtering. It can be used as one of the back ends of the Spam package
  4678. (*note Spam Package::), or by itself.
  4679. Before using the Spam Statistics package, you need to set it up.
  4680. First, you need two collections of your mail, one with spam, one with
  4681. non-spam. Then you need to create a dictionary using these two
  4682. collections, and save it. And last but not least, you need to use this
  4683. dictionary in your fancy mail splitting rules.
  4684. * Menu:
  4685. * Creating a spam-stat dictionary::
  4686. * Splitting mail using spam-stat::
  4687. * Low-level interface to the spam-stat dictionary::
  4688. 
  4689. File: gnus, Node: Creating a spam-stat dictionary, Next: Splitting mail using spam-stat, Up: Spam Statistics Package
  4690. 9.18.8.1 Creating a spam-stat dictionary
  4691. ........................................
  4692. Before you can begin to filter spam based on statistics, you must
  4693. create these statistics based on two mail collections, one with spam,
  4694. one with non-spam. These statistics are then stored in a dictionary
  4695. for later use. In order for these statistics to be meaningful, you
  4696. need several hundred emails in both collections.
  4697. Gnus currently supports only the nnml back end for automated
  4698. dictionary creation. The nnml back end stores all mails in a
  4699. directory, one file per mail. Use the following:
  4700. -- Function: spam-stat-process-spam-directory
  4701. Create spam statistics for every file in this directory. Every
  4702. file is treated as one spam mail.
  4703. -- Function: spam-stat-process-non-spam-directory
  4704. Create non-spam statistics for every file in this directory. Every
  4705. file is treated as one non-spam mail.
  4706. Usually you would call `spam-stat-process-spam-directory' on a
  4707. directory such as `~/Mail/mail/spam' (this usually corresponds to the
  4708. group `nnml:mail.spam'), and you would call
  4709. `spam-stat-process-non-spam-directory' on a directory such as
  4710. `~/Mail/mail/misc' (this usually corresponds to the group
  4711. `nnml:mail.misc').
  4712. When you are using IMAP, you won't have the mails available locally,
  4713. so that will not work. One solution is to use the Gnus Agent to cache
  4714. the articles. Then you can use directories such as
  4715. `"~/News/agent/nnimap/mail.yourisp.com/personal_spam"' for
  4716. `spam-stat-process-spam-directory'. *Note Agent as Cache::.
  4717. -- Variable: spam-stat
  4718. This variable holds the hash-table with all the statistics--the
  4719. dictionary we have been talking about. For every word in either
  4720. collection, this hash-table stores a vector describing how often
  4721. the word appeared in spam and often it appeared in non-spam mails.
  4722. If you want to regenerate the statistics from scratch, you need to
  4723. reset the dictionary.
  4724. -- Function: spam-stat-reset
  4725. Reset the `spam-stat' hash-table, deleting all the statistics.
  4726. When you are done, you must save the dictionary. The dictionary may
  4727. be rather large. If you will not update the dictionary incrementally
  4728. (instead, you will recreate it once a month, for example), then you can
  4729. reduce the size of the dictionary by deleting all words that did not
  4730. appear often enough or that do not clearly belong to only spam or only
  4731. non-spam mails.
  4732. -- Function: spam-stat-reduce-size
  4733. Reduce the size of the dictionary. Use this only if you do not
  4734. want to update the dictionary incrementally.
  4735. -- Function: spam-stat-save
  4736. Save the dictionary.
  4737. -- Variable: spam-stat-file
  4738. The filename used to store the dictionary. This defaults to
  4739. `~/.spam-stat.el'.
  4740. 
  4741. File: gnus, Node: Splitting mail using spam-stat, Next: Low-level interface to the spam-stat dictionary, Prev: Creating a spam-stat dictionary, Up: Spam Statistics Package
  4742. 9.18.8.2 Splitting mail using spam-stat
  4743. .......................................
  4744. This section describes how to use the Spam statistics _independently_
  4745. of the *Note Spam Package::.
  4746. First, add the following to your `~/.gnus.el' file:
  4747. (require 'spam-stat)
  4748. (spam-stat-load)
  4749. This will load the necessary Gnus code, and the dictionary you
  4750. created.
  4751. Next, you need to adapt your fancy splitting rules: You need to
  4752. determine how to use `spam-stat'. The following examples are for the
  4753. nnml back end. Using the nnimap back end works just as well. Just use
  4754. `nnimap-split-fancy' instead of `nnmail-split-fancy'.
  4755. In the simplest case, you only have two groups, `mail.misc' and
  4756. `mail.spam'. The following expression says that mail is either spam or
  4757. it should go into `mail.misc'. If it is spam, then
  4758. `spam-stat-split-fancy' will return `mail.spam'.
  4759. (setq nnmail-split-fancy
  4760. `(| (: spam-stat-split-fancy)
  4761. "mail.misc"))
  4762. -- Variable: spam-stat-split-fancy-spam-group
  4763. The group to use for spam. Default is `mail.spam'.
  4764. If you also filter mail with specific subjects into other groups, use
  4765. the following expression. Only mails not matching the regular
  4766. expression are considered potential spam.
  4767. (setq nnmail-split-fancy
  4768. `(| ("Subject" "\\bspam-stat\\b" "mail.emacs")
  4769. (: spam-stat-split-fancy)
  4770. "mail.misc"))
  4771. If you want to filter for spam first, then you must be careful when
  4772. creating the dictionary. Note that `spam-stat-split-fancy' must
  4773. consider both mails in `mail.emacs' and in `mail.misc' as non-spam,
  4774. therefore both should be in your collection of non-spam mails, when
  4775. creating the dictionary!
  4776. (setq nnmail-split-fancy
  4777. `(| (: spam-stat-split-fancy)
  4778. ("Subject" "\\bspam-stat\\b" "mail.emacs")
  4779. "mail.misc"))
  4780. You can combine this with traditional filtering. Here, we move all
  4781. HTML-only mails into the `mail.spam.filtered' group. Note that since
  4782. `spam-stat-split-fancy' will never see them, the mails in
  4783. `mail.spam.filtered' should be neither in your collection of spam mails,
  4784. nor in your collection of non-spam mails, when creating the dictionary!
  4785. (setq nnmail-split-fancy
  4786. `(| ("Content-Type" "text/html" "mail.spam.filtered")
  4787. (: spam-stat-split-fancy)
  4788. ("Subject" "\\bspam-stat\\b" "mail.emacs")
  4789. "mail.misc"))
  4790. 
  4791. File: gnus, Node: Low-level interface to the spam-stat dictionary, Prev: Splitting mail using spam-stat, Up: Spam Statistics Package
  4792. 9.18.8.3 Low-level interface to the spam-stat dictionary
  4793. ........................................................
  4794. The main interface to using `spam-stat', are the following functions:
  4795. -- Function: spam-stat-buffer-is-spam
  4796. Called in a buffer, that buffer is considered to be a new spam
  4797. mail. Use this for new mail that has not been processed before.
  4798. -- Function: spam-stat-buffer-is-no-spam
  4799. Called in a buffer, that buffer is considered to be a new non-spam
  4800. mail. Use this for new mail that has not been processed before.
  4801. -- Function: spam-stat-buffer-change-to-spam
  4802. Called in a buffer, that buffer is no longer considered to be
  4803. normal mail but spam. Use this to change the status of a mail
  4804. that has already been processed as non-spam.
  4805. -- Function: spam-stat-buffer-change-to-non-spam
  4806. Called in a buffer, that buffer is no longer considered to be spam
  4807. but normal mail. Use this to change the status of a mail that has
  4808. already been processed as spam.
  4809. -- Function: spam-stat-save
  4810. Save the hash table to the file. The filename used is stored in
  4811. the variable `spam-stat-file'.
  4812. -- Function: spam-stat-load
  4813. Load the hash table from a file. The filename used is stored in
  4814. the variable `spam-stat-file'.
  4815. -- Function: spam-stat-score-word
  4816. Return the spam score for a word.
  4817. -- Function: spam-stat-score-buffer
  4818. Return the spam score for a buffer.
  4819. -- Function: spam-stat-split-fancy
  4820. Use this function for fancy mail splitting. Add the rule `(:
  4821. spam-stat-split-fancy)' to `nnmail-split-fancy'
  4822. Make sure you load the dictionary before using it. This requires the
  4823. following in your `~/.gnus.el' file:
  4824. (require 'spam-stat)
  4825. (spam-stat-load)
  4826. Typical test will involve calls to the following functions:
  4827. Reset: (setq spam-stat (make-hash-table :test 'equal))
  4828. Learn spam: (spam-stat-process-spam-directory "~/Mail/mail/spam")
  4829. Learn non-spam: (spam-stat-process-non-spam-directory "~/Mail/mail/misc")
  4830. Save table: (spam-stat-save)
  4831. File size: (nth 7 (file-attributes spam-stat-file))
  4832. Number of words: (hash-table-count spam-stat)
  4833. Test spam: (spam-stat-test-directory "~/Mail/mail/spam")
  4834. Test non-spam: (spam-stat-test-directory "~/Mail/mail/misc")
  4835. Reduce table size: (spam-stat-reduce-size)
  4836. Save table: (spam-stat-save)
  4837. File size: (nth 7 (file-attributes spam-stat-file))
  4838. Number of words: (hash-table-count spam-stat)
  4839. Test spam: (spam-stat-test-directory "~/Mail/mail/spam")
  4840. Test non-spam: (spam-stat-test-directory "~/Mail/mail/misc")
  4841. Here is how you would create your dictionary:
  4842. Reset: (setq spam-stat (make-hash-table :test 'equal))
  4843. Learn spam: (spam-stat-process-spam-directory "~/Mail/mail/spam")
  4844. Learn non-spam: (spam-stat-process-non-spam-directory "~/Mail/mail/misc")
  4845. Repeat for any other non-spam group you need...
  4846. Reduce table size: (spam-stat-reduce-size)
  4847. Save table: (spam-stat-save)
  4848. 
  4849. File: gnus, Node: The Gnus Registry, Next: Other modes, Prev: Spam Package, Up: Various
  4850. 9.19 The Gnus Registry
  4851. ======================
  4852. The Gnus registry is a package that tracks messages by their Message-ID
  4853. across all backends. This allows Gnus users to do several cool things,
  4854. be the envy of the locals, get free haircuts, and be experts on world
  4855. issues. Well, maybe not all of those, but the features are pretty cool.
  4856. Although they will be explained in detail shortly, here's a quick
  4857. list of said features in case your attention span is... never mind.
  4858. 1. Split messages to their parent
  4859. This keeps discussions in the same group. You can use the subject
  4860. and the sender in addition to the Message-ID. Several strategies
  4861. are available.
  4862. 2. Refer to messages by ID
  4863. Commands like `gnus-summary-refer-parent-article' can take
  4864. advantage of the registry to jump to the referred article,
  4865. regardless of the group the message is in.
  4866. 3. Store custom flags and keywords
  4867. The registry can store custom flags and keywords for a message.
  4868. For instance, you can mark a message "To-Do" this way and the flag
  4869. will persist whether the message is in the nnimap, nnml, nnmaildir,
  4870. etc. backends.
  4871. 4. Store arbitrary data
  4872. Through a simple ELisp API, the registry can remember any data for
  4873. a message. A built-in inverse map, when activated, allows quick
  4874. lookups of all messages matching a particular set of criteria.
  4875. * Menu:
  4876. * Gnus Registry Setup::
  4877. * Fancy splitting to parent::
  4878. * Registry Article Refer Method::
  4879. * Store custom flags and keywords::
  4880. * Store arbitrary data::
  4881. 
  4882. File: gnus, Node: Gnus Registry Setup, Next: Fancy splitting to parent, Up: The Gnus Registry
  4883. 9.19.1 Gnus Registry Setup
  4884. --------------------------
  4885. Fortunately, setting up the Gnus registry is pretty easy:
  4886. (setq gnus-registry-max-entries 2500)
  4887. (gnus-registry-initialize)
  4888. This adds registry saves to Gnus newsrc saves (which happen on exit
  4889. and when you press `s' from the `*Group*' buffer. It also adds
  4890. registry calls to article actions in Gnus (copy, move, etc.) so it's
  4891. not easy to undo the initialization. See `gnus-registry-initialize'
  4892. for the gory details.
  4893. Here are other settings used by the author of the registry
  4894. (understand what they do before you copy them blindly).
  4895. (setq
  4896. gnus-registry-split-strategy 'majority
  4897. gnus-registry-ignored-groups '(("nntp" t)
  4898. ("nnrss" t)
  4899. ("spam" t)
  4900. ("train" t))
  4901. gnus-registry-max-entries 500000
  4902. ;; this is the default
  4903. gnus-registry-track-extra '(sender subject))
  4904. They say: keep a lot of messages around, track messages by sender and
  4905. subject (not just parent Message-ID), and when the registry splits
  4906. incoming mail, use a majority rule to decide where messages should go
  4907. if there's more than one possibility. In addition, the registry should
  4908. ignore messages in groups that match "nntp", "nnrss", "spam", or
  4909. "train."
  4910. You are doubtless impressed by all this, but you ask: "I am a Gnus
  4911. user, I customize to live. Give me more." Here you go, these are the
  4912. general settings.
  4913. -- Variable: gnus-registry-unfollowed-groups
  4914. The groups that will not be followed by
  4915. `gnus-registry-split-fancy-with-parent'. They will still be
  4916. remembered by the registry. This is a list of regular expressions.
  4917. By default any group name that ends with "delayed", "drafts",
  4918. "queue", or "INBOX", belongs to the nnmairix backend, or contains
  4919. the word "archive" is not followed.
  4920. -- Variable: gnus-registry-max-entries
  4921. The number (an integer or `nil' for unlimited) of entries the
  4922. registry will keep.
  4923. -- Variable: gnus-registry-max-pruned-entries
  4924. The maximum number (an integer or `nil' for unlimited) of entries
  4925. the registry will keep after pruning.
  4926. -- Variable: gnus-registry-cache-file
  4927. The file where the registry will be stored between Gnus sessions.
  4928. By default the file name is `.gnus.registry.eioio' in the same
  4929. directory as your `.newsrc.eld'.
  4930. 
  4931. File: gnus, Node: Registry Article Refer Method, Next: Store custom flags and keywords, Prev: Fancy splitting to parent, Up: The Gnus Registry
  4932. 9.19.2 Fetching by `Message-ID' Using the Registry
  4933. --------------------------------------------------
  4934. The registry knows how to map each `Message-ID' to the group it's in.
  4935. This can be leveraged to enhance the "article refer method", the thing
  4936. that tells Gnus how to look up an article given its Message-ID (*note
  4937. Finding the Parent::).
  4938. The `nnregistry' refer method does exactly that. It has the
  4939. advantage that an article may be found regardless of the group it's
  4940. in--provided its `Message-ID' is known to the registry. It can be
  4941. enabled by augmenting the start-up file with something along these
  4942. lines:
  4943. ;; Keep enough entries to have a good hit rate when referring to an
  4944. ;; article using the registry. Use long group names so that Gnus
  4945. ;; knows where the article is.
  4946. (setq gnus-registry-max-entries 2500)
  4947. (gnus-registry-initialize)
  4948. (setq gnus-refer-article-method
  4949. '(current
  4950. (nnregistry)
  4951. (nnweb "gmane" (nnweb-type gmane))))
  4952. The example above instructs Gnus to first look up the article in the
  4953. current group, or, alternatively, using the registry, and finally, if
  4954. all else fails, using Gmane.
  4955. 
  4956. File: gnus, Node: Fancy splitting to parent, Next: Registry Article Refer Method, Prev: Gnus Registry Setup, Up: The Gnus Registry
  4957. 9.19.3 Fancy splitting to parent
  4958. --------------------------------
  4959. Simply put, this lets you put followup e-mail where it belongs.
  4960. Every message has a Message-ID, which is unique, and the registry
  4961. remembers it. When the message is moved or copied, the registry will
  4962. notice this and offer the new group as a choice to the splitting
  4963. strategy.
  4964. When a followup is made, usually it mentions the original message's
  4965. Message-ID in the headers. The registry knows this and uses that
  4966. mention to find the group where the original message lives. You only
  4967. have to put a rule like this:
  4968. (setq nnimap-my-split-fancy '(|
  4969. ;; split to parent: you need this
  4970. (: gnus-registry-split-fancy-with-parent)
  4971. ;; other rules, as an example
  4972. (: spam-split)
  4973. ;; default mailbox
  4974. "mail")
  4975. in your fancy split setup. In addition, you may want to customize
  4976. the following variables.
  4977. -- Variable: gnus-registry-track-extra
  4978. This is a list of symbols, so it's best to change it from the
  4979. Customize interface. By default it's `(subject sender)', which
  4980. may work for you. It can be annoying if your mail flow is large
  4981. and people don't stick to the same groups.
  4982. -- Variable: gnus-registry-split-strategy
  4983. This is a symbol, so it's best to change it from the Customize
  4984. interface. By default it's `nil', but you may want to set it to
  4985. `majority' or `first' to split by sender or subject based on the
  4986. majority of matches or on the first found. I find `majority'
  4987. works best.
  4988. 
  4989. File: gnus, Node: Store custom flags and keywords, Next: Store arbitrary data, Prev: Registry Article Refer Method, Up: The Gnus Registry
  4990. 9.19.4 Store custom flags and keywords
  4991. --------------------------------------
  4992. The registry lets you set custom flags and keywords per message. You
  4993. can use the Gnus->Registry Marks menu or the `M M x' keyboard
  4994. shortcuts, where `x' is the first letter of the mark's name.
  4995. -- Variable: gnus-registry-marks
  4996. The custom marks that the registry can use. You can modify the
  4997. default list, if you like. If you do, you'll have to exit Emacs
  4998. before they take effect (you can also unload the registry and
  4999. reload it or evaluate the specific macros you'll need, but you
  5000. probably don't want to bother). Use the Customize interface to
  5001. modify the list.
  5002. By default this list has the `Important', `Work', `Personal',
  5003. `To-Do', and `Later' marks. They all have keyboard shortcuts like
  5004. `M M i' for Important, using the first letter.
  5005. -- Function: gnus-registry-mark-article
  5006. Call this function to mark an article with a custom registry mark.
  5007. It will offer the available marks for completion.
  5008. You can use `defalias' to install a summary line formatting function
  5009. that will show the registry marks. There are two flavors of this
  5010. function, either showing the marks as single characters, using their
  5011. `:char' property, or showing the marks as full strings.
  5012. ;; show the marks as single characters (see the :char property in
  5013. ;; `gnus-registry-marks'):
  5014. ;; (defalias 'gnus-user-format-function-M 'gnus-registry-article-marks-to-chars)
  5015. ;; show the marks by name (see `gnus-registry-marks'):
  5016. ;; (defalias 'gnus-user-format-function-M 'gnus-registry-article-marks-to-names)
  5017. 
  5018. File: gnus, Node: Store arbitrary data, Prev: Store custom flags and keywords, Up: The Gnus Registry
  5019. 9.19.5 Store arbitrary data
  5020. ---------------------------
  5021. The registry has a simple API that uses a Message-ID as the key to
  5022. store arbitrary data (as long as it can be converted to a list for
  5023. storage).
  5024. -- Function: gnus-registry-set-id-key (id key value)
  5025. Store `value' under `key' for message `id'.
  5026. -- Function: gnus-registry-get-id-key (id key)
  5027. Get the data under `key' for message `id'.
  5028. -- Variable: gnus-registry-extra-entries-precious
  5029. If any extra entries are precious, their presence will make the
  5030. registry keep the whole entry forever, even if there are no groups
  5031. for the Message-ID and if the size limit of the registry is
  5032. reached. By default this is just `(marks)' so the custom registry
  5033. marks are precious.
  5034. 
  5035. File: gnus, Node: Other modes, Next: Various Various, Prev: The Gnus Registry, Up: Various
  5036. 9.20 Interaction with other modes
  5037. =================================
  5038. 9.20.1 Dired
  5039. ------------
  5040. `gnus-dired-minor-mode' provides some useful functions for dired
  5041. buffers. It is enabled with
  5042. (add-hook 'dired-mode-hook 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode)
  5043. `C-c C-m C-a'
  5044. Send dired's marked files as an attachment (`gnus-dired-attach').
  5045. You will be prompted for a message buffer.
  5046. `C-c C-m C-l'
  5047. Visit a file according to the appropriate mailcap entry
  5048. (`gnus-dired-find-file-mailcap'). With prefix, open file in a new
  5049. buffer.
  5050. `C-c C-m C-p'
  5051. Print file according to the mailcap entry (`gnus-dired-print'). If
  5052. there is no print command, print in a PostScript image.
  5053. 
  5054. File: gnus, Node: Various Various, Prev: Other modes, Up: Various
  5055. 9.21 Various Various
  5056. ====================
  5057. `gnus-home-directory'
  5058. All Gnus file and directory variables will be initialized from this
  5059. variable, which defaults to `~/'.
  5060. `gnus-directory'
  5061. Most Gnus storage file and directory variables will be initialized
  5062. from this variable, which defaults to the `SAVEDIR' environment
  5063. variable, or `~/News/' if that variable isn't set.
  5064. Note that Gnus is mostly loaded when the `~/.gnus.el' file is read.
  5065. This means that other directory variables that are initialized
  5066. from this variable won't be set properly if you set this variable
  5067. in `~/.gnus.el'. Set this variable in `.emacs' instead.
  5068. `gnus-default-directory'
  5069. Not related to the above variable at all--this variable says what
  5070. the default directory of all Gnus buffers should be. If you issue
  5071. commands like `C-x C-f', the prompt you'll get starts in the
  5072. current buffer's default directory. If this variable is `nil'
  5073. (which is the default), the default directory will be the default
  5074. directory of the buffer you were in when you started Gnus.
  5075. `gnus-verbose'
  5076. This variable is an integer between zero and ten. The higher the
  5077. value, the more messages will be displayed. If this variable is
  5078. zero, Gnus will never flash any messages, if it is seven (which is
  5079. the default), most important messages will be shown, and if it is
  5080. ten, Gnus won't ever shut up, but will flash so many messages it
  5081. will make your head swim.
  5082. `gnus-verbose-backends'
  5083. This variable works the same way as `gnus-verbose', but it applies
  5084. to the Gnus back ends instead of Gnus proper.
  5085. `gnus-add-timestamp-to-message'
  5086. This variable controls whether to add timestamps to messages that
  5087. are controlled by `gnus-verbose' and `gnus-verbose-backends' and
  5088. are issued. The default value is `nil' which means never to add
  5089. timestamp. If it is `log', add timestamps to only the messages
  5090. that go into the `*Messages*' buffer (in XEmacs, it is the
  5091. ` *Message-Log*' buffer). If it is neither `nil' nor `log', add
  5092. timestamps not only to log messages but also to the ones displayed
  5093. in the echo area.
  5094. `nnheader-max-head-length'
  5095. When the back ends read straight heads of articles, they all try
  5096. to read as little as possible. This variable (default 8192)
  5097. specifies the absolute max length the back ends will try to read
  5098. before giving up on finding a separator line between the head and
  5099. the body. If this variable is `nil', there is no upper read
  5100. bound. If it is `t', the back ends won't try to read the articles
  5101. piece by piece, but read the entire articles. This makes sense
  5102. with some versions of `ange-ftp' or `efs'.
  5103. `nnheader-head-chop-length'
  5104. This variable (default 2048) says how big a piece of each article
  5105. to read when doing the operation described above.
  5106. `nnheader-file-name-translation-alist'
  5107. This is an alist that says how to translate characters in file
  5108. names. For instance, if `:' is invalid as a file character in
  5109. file names on your system (you OS/2 user you), you could say
  5110. something like:
  5111. (setq nnheader-file-name-translation-alist
  5112. '((?: . ?_)))
  5113. In fact, this is the default value for this variable on OS/2 and MS
  5114. Windows (phooey) systems.
  5115. `gnus-hidden-properties'
  5116. This is a list of properties to use to hide "invisible" text. It
  5117. is `(invisible t intangible t)' by default on most systems, which
  5118. makes invisible text invisible and intangible.
  5119. `gnus-parse-headers-hook'
  5120. A hook called before parsing headers. It can be used, for
  5121. instance, to gather statistics on the headers fetched, or perhaps
  5122. you'd like to prune some headers. I don't see why you'd want
  5123. that, though.
  5124. `gnus-shell-command-separator'
  5125. String used to separate two shell commands. The default is `;'.
  5126. `gnus-invalid-group-regexp'
  5127. Regexp to match "invalid" group names when querying user for a
  5128. group name. The default value catches some *really* invalid group
  5129. names who could possibly mess up Gnus internally (like allowing
  5130. `:' in a group name, which is normally used to delimit method and
  5131. group).
  5132. IMAP users might want to allow `/' in group names though.
  5133. `gnus-safe-html-newsgroups'
  5134. Groups in which links in html articles are considered all safe.
  5135. The value may be a regexp matching those groups, a list of group
  5136. names, or `nil'. This overrides `mm-w3m-safe-url-regexp'. The
  5137. default value is `"\\`nnrss[+:]"'. This is effective only when
  5138. emacs-w3m renders html articles, i.e., in the case
  5139. `mm-text-html-renderer' is set to `w3m'. *Note Display
  5140. Customization: (emacs-mime)Display Customization.
  5141. 
  5142. File: gnus, Node: The End, Next: Appendices, Prev: Various, Up: Top
  5143. 10 The End
  5144. **********
  5145. Well, that's the manual--you can get on with your life now. Keep in
  5146. touch. Say hello to your cats from me.
  5147. My *ghod*--I just can't stand goodbyes. Sniffle.
  5148. Ol' Charles Reznikoff said it pretty well, so I leave the floor to
  5149. him:
  5150. *Te Deum*
  5151. Not because of victories
  5152. I sing,
  5153. having none,
  5154. but for the common sunshine,
  5155. the breeze,
  5156. the largess of the spring.
  5157. Not for victory
  5158. but for the day's work done
  5159. as well as I was able;
  5160. not for a seat upon the dais
  5161. but at the common table.
  5162. 
  5163. File: gnus, Node: Appendices, Next: GNU Free Documentation License, Prev: The End, Up: Top
  5164. 11 Appendices
  5165. *************
  5166. * Menu:
  5167. * XEmacs:: Requirements for installing under XEmacs.
  5168. * History:: How Gnus got where it is today.
  5169. * On Writing Manuals:: Why this is not a beginner's guide.
  5170. * Terminology:: We use really difficult, like, words here.
  5171. * Customization:: Tailoring Gnus to your needs.
  5172. * Troubleshooting:: What you might try if things do not work.
  5173. * Gnus Reference Guide:: Rilly, rilly technical stuff.
  5174. * Emacs for Heathens:: A short introduction to Emacsian terms.
  5175. * Frequently Asked Questions:: The Gnus FAQ
  5176. 
  5177. File: gnus, Node: XEmacs, Next: History, Up: Appendices
  5178. 11.1 XEmacs
  5179. ===========
  5180. XEmacs is distributed as a collection of packages. You should install
  5181. whatever packages the Gnus XEmacs package requires. The current
  5182. requirements are `gnus', `mail-lib', `xemacs-base', `eterm',
  5183. `sh-script', `net-utils', `os-utils', `dired', `mh-e', `sieve',
  5184. `ps-print', `W3', `pgg', `mailcrypt', `ecrypto', and `sasl'.
  5185. 
  5186. File: gnus, Node: History, Next: On Writing Manuals, Prev: XEmacs, Up: Appendices
  5187. 11.2 History
  5188. ============
  5189. GNUS was written by Masanobu UMEDA. When autumn crept up in '94, Lars
  5190. Magne Ingebrigtsen grew bored and decided to rewrite Gnus.
  5191. If you want to investigate the person responsible for this outrage,
  5192. you can point your (feh!) web browser to `http://quimby.gnus.org/'.
  5193. This is also the primary distribution point for the new and spiffy
  5194. versions of Gnus, and is known as The Site That Destroys Newsrcs And
  5195. Drives People Mad.
  5196. During the first extended alpha period of development, the new Gnus
  5197. was called "(ding) Gnus". "(ding)" is, of course, short for "ding is
  5198. not Gnus", which is a total and utter lie, but who cares? (Besides,
  5199. the "Gnus" in this abbreviation should probably be pronounced "news" as
  5200. UMEDA intended, which makes it a more appropriate name, don't you
  5201. think?)
  5202. In any case, after spending all that energy on coming up with a new
  5203. and spunky name, we decided that the name was _too_ spunky, so we
  5204. renamed it back again to "Gnus". But in mixed case. "Gnus" vs.
  5205. "GNUS". New vs. old.
  5206. * Menu:
  5207. * Gnus Versions:: What Gnus versions have been released.
  5208. * Why?:: What's the point of Gnus?
  5209. * Compatibility:: Just how compatible is Gnus with GNUS?
  5210. * Conformity:: Gnus tries to conform to all standards.
  5211. * Emacsen:: Gnus can be run on a few modern Emacsen.
  5212. * Gnus Development:: How Gnus is developed.
  5213. * Contributors:: Oodles of people.
  5214. * New Features:: Pointers to some of the new stuff in Gnus.
  5215. 
  5216. File: gnus, Node: Gnus Versions, Next: Why?, Up: History
  5217. 11.2.1 Gnus Versions
  5218. --------------------
  5219. The first "proper" release of Gnus 5 was done in November 1995 when it
  5220. was included in the Emacs 19.30 distribution (132 (ding) Gnus releases
  5221. plus 15 Gnus 5.0 releases).
  5222. In May 1996 the next Gnus generation (aka. "September Gnus" (after 99
  5223. releases)) was released under the name "Gnus 5.2" (40 releases).
  5224. On July 28th 1996 work on Red Gnus was begun, and it was released on
  5225. January 25th 1997 (after 84 releases) as "Gnus 5.4" (67 releases).
  5226. On September 13th 1997, Quassia Gnus was started and lasted 37
  5227. releases. It was released as "Gnus 5.6" on March 8th 1998 (46
  5228. releases).
  5229. Gnus 5.6 begat Pterodactyl Gnus on August 29th 1998 and was released
  5230. as "Gnus 5.8" (after 99 releases and a CVS repository) on December 3rd
  5231. 1999.
  5232. On the 26th of October 2000, Oort Gnus was begun and was released as
  5233. Gnus 5.10 on May 1st 2003 (24 releases).
  5234. On the January 4th 2004, No Gnus was begun.
  5235. On April 19, 2010 Gnus development was moved to Git. See
  5236. http://git.gnus.org for details (http://www.gnus.org will be updated
  5237. with the information when possible).
  5238. If you happen upon a version of Gnus that has a prefixed name -
  5239. "(ding) Gnus", "September Gnus", "Red Gnus", "Quassia Gnus",
  5240. "Pterodactyl Gnus", "Oort Gnus", "No Gnus" - don't panic. Don't let it
  5241. know that you're frightened. Back away. Slowly. Whatever you do,
  5242. don't run. Walk away, calmly, until you're out of its reach. Find a
  5243. proper released version of Gnus and snuggle up to that instead.
  5244. 
  5245. File: gnus, Node: Why?, Next: Compatibility, Prev: Gnus Versions, Up: History
  5246. 11.2.2 Why?
  5247. -----------
  5248. What's the point of Gnus?
  5249. I want to provide a "rad", "happening", "way cool" and "hep"
  5250. newsreader, that lets you do anything you can think of. That was my
  5251. original motivation, but while working on Gnus, it has become clear to
  5252. me that this generation of newsreaders really belong in the stone age.
  5253. Newsreaders haven't developed much since the infancy of the net. If the
  5254. volume continues to rise with the current rate of increase, all current
  5255. newsreaders will be pretty much useless. How do you deal with
  5256. newsgroups that have thousands of new articles each day? How do you
  5257. keep track of millions of people who post?
  5258. Gnus offers no real solutions to these questions, but I would very
  5259. much like to see Gnus being used as a testing ground for new methods of
  5260. reading and fetching news. Expanding on UMEDA-san's wise decision to
  5261. separate the newsreader from the back ends, Gnus now offers a simple
  5262. interface for anybody who wants to write new back ends for fetching mail
  5263. and news from different sources. I have added hooks for customizations
  5264. everywhere I could imagine it being useful. By doing so, I'm inviting
  5265. every one of you to explore and invent.
  5266. May Gnus never be complete. `C-u 100 M-x all-hail-emacs' and `C-u
  5267. 100 M-x all-hail-xemacs'.
  5268. 
  5269. File: gnus, Node: Compatibility, Next: Conformity, Prev: Why?, Up: History
  5270. 11.2.3 Compatibility
  5271. --------------------
  5272. Gnus was designed to be fully compatible with GNUS. Almost all key
  5273. bindings have been kept. More key bindings have been added, of course,
  5274. but only in one or two obscure cases have old bindings been changed.
  5275. Our motto is:
  5276. In a cloud bones of steel.
  5277. All commands have kept their names. Some internal functions have
  5278. changed their names.
  5279. The `gnus-uu' package has changed drastically. *Note Decoding
  5280. Articles::.
  5281. One major compatibility question is the presence of several summary
  5282. buffers. All variables relevant while reading a group are buffer-local
  5283. to the summary buffer they belong in. Although many important
  5284. variables have their values copied into their global counterparts
  5285. whenever a command is executed in the summary buffer, this change might
  5286. lead to incorrect values being used unless you are careful.
  5287. All code that relies on knowledge of GNUS internals will probably
  5288. fail. To take two examples: Sorting `gnus-newsrc-alist' (or changing
  5289. it in any way, as a matter of fact) is strictly verboten. Gnus
  5290. maintains a hash table that points to the entries in this alist (which
  5291. speeds up many functions), and changing the alist directly will lead to
  5292. peculiar results.
  5293. Old hilit19 code does not work at all. In fact, you should probably
  5294. remove all hilit code from all Gnus hooks (`gnus-group-prepare-hook'
  5295. and `gnus-summary-prepare-hook'). Gnus provides various integrated
  5296. functions for highlighting. These are faster and more accurate. To
  5297. make life easier for everybody, Gnus will by default remove all hilit
  5298. calls from all hilit hooks. Uncleanliness! Away!
  5299. Packages like `expire-kill' will no longer work. As a matter of
  5300. fact, you should probably remove all old GNUS packages (and other code)
  5301. when you start using Gnus. More likely than not, Gnus already does
  5302. what you have written code to make GNUS do. (Snicker.)
  5303. Even though old methods of doing things are still supported, only the
  5304. new methods are documented in this manual. If you detect a new method
  5305. of doing something while reading this manual, that does not mean you
  5306. have to stop doing it the old way.
  5307. Gnus understands all GNUS startup files.
  5308. Overall, a casual user who hasn't written much code that depends on
  5309. GNUS internals should suffer no problems. If problems occur, please
  5310. let me know by issuing that magic command `M-x gnus-bug'.
  5311. If you are in the habit of sending bug reports _very_ often, you may
  5312. find the helpful help buffer annoying after a while. If so, set
  5313. `gnus-bug-create-help-buffer' to `nil' to avoid having it pop up at you.
  5314. 
  5315. File: gnus, Node: Conformity, Next: Emacsen, Prev: Compatibility, Up: History
  5316. 11.2.4 Conformity
  5317. -----------------
  5318. No rebels without a clue here, ma'am. We conform to all standards known
  5319. to (wo)man. Except for those standards and/or conventions we disagree
  5320. with, of course.
  5321. *RFC (2)822*
  5322. There are no known breaches of this standard.
  5323. *RFC 1036*
  5324. There are no known breaches of this standard, either.
  5325. *Son-of-RFC 1036*
  5326. We do have some breaches to this one.
  5327. _X-Newsreader_
  5328. _User-Agent_
  5329. These are considered to be "vanity headers", while I consider
  5330. them to be consumer information. After seeing so many badly
  5331. formatted articles coming from `tin' and `Netscape' I know
  5332. not to use either of those for posting articles. I would not
  5333. have known that if it wasn't for the `X-Newsreader' header.
  5334. *USEFOR*
  5335. USEFOR is an IETF working group writing a successor to RFC 1036,
  5336. based on Son-of-RFC 1036. They have produced a number of drafts
  5337. proposing various changes to the format of news articles. The
  5338. Gnus towers will look into implementing the changes when the draft
  5339. is accepted as an RFC.
  5340. *MIME - RFC 2045-2049 etc*
  5341. All the various MIME RFCs are supported.
  5342. *Disposition Notifications - RFC 2298*
  5343. Message Mode is able to request notifications from the receiver.
  5344. *PGP - RFC 1991 and RFC 2440*
  5345. RFC 1991 is the original PGP message specification, published as
  5346. an informational RFC. RFC 2440 was the follow-up, now called Open
  5347. PGP, and put on the Standards Track. Both document a non-MIME
  5348. aware PGP format. Gnus supports both encoding (signing and
  5349. encryption) and decoding (verification and decryption).
  5350. *PGP/MIME - RFC 2015/3156*
  5351. RFC 2015 (superseded by 3156 which references RFC 2440 instead of
  5352. RFC 1991) describes the MIME-wrapping around the RFC 1991/2440
  5353. format. Gnus supports both encoding and decoding.
  5354. *S/MIME - RFC 2633*
  5355. RFC 2633 describes the S/MIME format.
  5356. *IMAP - RFC 1730/2060, RFC 2195, RFC 2086, RFC 2359, RFC 2595, RFC 1731*
  5357. RFC 1730 is IMAP version 4, updated somewhat by RFC 2060 (IMAP 4
  5358. revision 1). RFC 2195 describes CRAM-MD5 authentication for IMAP.
  5359. RFC 2086 describes access control lists (ACLs) for IMAP. RFC 2359
  5360. describes a IMAP protocol enhancement. RFC 2595 describes the
  5361. proper TLS integration (STARTTLS) with IMAP. RFC 1731 describes
  5362. the GSSAPI/Kerberos4 mechanisms for IMAP.
  5363. If you ever notice Gnus acting non-compliant with regards to the
  5364. texts mentioned above, don't hesitate to drop a note to Gnus Towers and
  5365. let us know.
  5366. 
  5367. File: gnus, Node: Emacsen, Next: Gnus Development, Prev: Conformity, Up: History
  5368. 11.2.5 Emacsen
  5369. --------------
  5370. This version of Gnus should work on:
  5371. * Emacs 21.1 and up.
  5372. * XEmacs 21.4 and up.
  5373. This Gnus version will absolutely not work on any Emacsen older than
  5374. that. Not reliably, at least. Older versions of Gnus may work on older
  5375. Emacs versions. Particularly, Gnus 5.10.8 should also work on Emacs
  5376. 20.7 and XEmacs 21.1.
  5377. 
  5378. File: gnus, Node: Gnus Development, Next: Contributors, Prev: Emacsen, Up: History
  5379. 11.2.6 Gnus Development
  5380. -----------------------
  5381. Gnus is developed in a two-phased cycle. The first phase involves much
  5382. discussion on the development mailing list `ding@gnus.org', where people
  5383. propose changes and new features, post patches and new back ends. This
  5384. phase is called the "alpha" phase, since the Gnusae released in this
  5385. phase are "alpha releases", or (perhaps more commonly in other circles)
  5386. "snapshots". During this phase, Gnus is assumed to be unstable and
  5387. should not be used by casual users. Gnus alpha releases have names
  5388. like "Oort Gnus" and "No Gnus". *Note Gnus Versions::.
  5389. After futzing around for 10-100 alpha releases, Gnus is declared
  5390. "frozen", and only bug fixes are applied. Gnus loses the prefix, and
  5391. is called things like "Gnus 5.10.1" instead. Normal people are
  5392. supposed to be able to use these, and these are mostly discussed on the
  5393. `gnu.emacs.gnus' newsgroup. This newgroup is mirrored to the mailing
  5394. list `info-gnus-english@gnu.org' which is carried on Gmane as
  5395. `gmane.emacs.gnus.user'. These releases are finally integrated in
  5396. Emacs.
  5397. Some variable defaults differ between alpha Gnusae and released
  5398. Gnusae, in particular, `mail-source-delete-incoming'. This is to
  5399. prevent lossage of mail if an alpha release hiccups while handling the
  5400. mail. *Note Mail Source Customization::.
  5401. The division of discussion between the ding mailing list and the Gnus
  5402. newsgroup is not purely based on publicity concerns. It's true that
  5403. having people write about the horrible things that an alpha Gnus release
  5404. can do (sometimes) in a public forum may scare people off, but more
  5405. importantly, talking about new experimental features that have been
  5406. introduced may confuse casual users. New features are frequently
  5407. introduced, fiddled with, and judged to be found wanting, and then
  5408. either discarded or totally rewritten. People reading the mailing list
  5409. usually keep up with these rapid changes, while people on the newsgroup
  5410. can't be assumed to do so.
  5411. So if you have problems with or questions about the alpha versions,
  5412. direct those to the ding mailing list `ding@gnus.org'. This list is
  5413. also available on Gmane as `gmane.emacs.gnus.general'.
  5414. Some variable defaults differ between alpha Gnusae and released
  5415. Gnusae, in particular, `mail-source-delete-incoming'. This is to
  5416. prevent lossage of mail if an alpha release hiccups while handling the
  5417. mail. *Note Mail Source Customization::.
  5418. 
  5419. File: gnus, Node: Contributors, Next: New Features, Prev: Gnus Development, Up: History
  5420. 11.2.7 Contributors
  5421. -------------------
  5422. The new Gnus version couldn't have been done without the help of all the
  5423. people on the (ding) mailing list. Every day for over a year I have
  5424. gotten billions of nice bug reports from them, filling me with joy,
  5425. every single one of them. Smooches. The people on the list have been
  5426. tried beyond endurance, what with my "oh, that's a neat idea <type
  5427. type>, yup, I'll release it right away <ship off> no wait, that doesn't
  5428. work at all <type type>, yup, I'll ship that one off right away <ship
  5429. off> no, wait, that absolutely does not work" policy for releases.
  5430. Micro$oft--bah. Amateurs. I'm _much_ worse. (Or is that "worser"?
  5431. "much worser"? "worsest"?)
  5432. I would like to take this opportunity to thank the Academy for...
  5433. oops, wrong show.
  5434. * Masanobu UMEDA--the writer of the original GNUS.
  5435. * Shenghuo Zhu--uudecode.el, mm-uu.el, rfc1843.el, nnwarchive and
  5436. many, many other things connected with MIME and other types of
  5437. en/decoding, as well as general bug fixing, new functionality and
  5438. stuff.
  5439. * Per Abrahamsen--custom, scoring, highlighting and SOUP code (as
  5440. well as numerous other things).
  5441. * Luis Fernandes--design and graphics.
  5442. * Joe Reiss--creator of the smiley faces.
  5443. * Justin Sheehy--the FAQ maintainer.
  5444. * Erik Naggum--help, ideas, support, code and stuff.
  5445. * Wes Hardaker--`gnus-picon.el' and the manual section on "picons"
  5446. (*note Picons::).
  5447. * Kim-Minh Kaplan--further work on the picon code.
  5448. * Brad Miller--`gnus-gl.el' and the GroupLens manual section.
  5449. * Sudish Joseph--innumerable bug fixes.
  5450. * Ilja Weis--`gnus-topic.el'.
  5451. * Steven L. Baur--lots and lots and lots of bug detection and fixes.
  5452. * Vladimir Alexiev--the refcard and reference booklets.
  5453. * Felix Lee & Jamie Zawinski--I stole some pieces from the XGnus
  5454. distribution by Felix Lee and JWZ.
  5455. * Scott Byer--`nnfolder.el' enhancements & rewrite.
  5456. * Peter Mutsaers--orphan article scoring code.
  5457. * Ken Raeburn--POP mail support.
  5458. * Hallvard B Furuseth--various bits and pieces, especially dealing
  5459. with .newsrc files.
  5460. * Brian Edmonds--`gnus-bbdb.el'.
  5461. * David Moore--rewrite of `nnvirtual.el' and many other things.
  5462. * Kevin Davidson--came up with the name "ding", so blame him.
  5463. * François Pinard--many, many interesting and thorough bug reports,
  5464. as well as autoconf support.
  5465. This manual was proof-read by Adrian Aichner, with Ricardo Nassif,
  5466. Mark Borges, and Jost Krieger proof-reading parts of the manual.
  5467. The following people have contributed many patches and suggestions:
  5468. Christopher Davis, Andrew Eskilsson, Kai Grossjohann, Kevin Greiner,
  5469. Jesper Harder, Paul Jarc, Simon Josefsson, David Kågedal, Richard Pieri,
  5470. Fabrice Popineau, Daniel Quinlan, Michael Shields, Reiner Steib, Jason
  5471. L. Tibbitts, III, Jack Vinson, Katsumi Yamaoka, and Teodor Zlatanov.
  5472. Also thanks to the following for patches and stuff:
  5473. Jari Aalto, Adrian Aichner, Vladimir Alexiev, Russ Allbery, Peter
  5474. Arius, Matt Armstrong, Marc Auslander, Miles Bader, Alexei V. Barantsev,
  5475. Frank Bennett, Robert Bihlmeyer, Chris Bone, Mark Borges, Mark Boyns,
  5476. Lance A. Brown, Rob Browning, Kees de Bruin, Martin Buchholz, Joe
  5477. Buehler, Kevin Buhr, Alastair Burt, Joao Cachopo, Zlatko Calusic,
  5478. Massimo Campostrini, Castor, David Charlap, Dan Christensen, Kevin
  5479. Christian, Jae-you Chung, James H. Cloos, Jr., Laura Conrad, Michael R.
  5480. Cook, Glenn Coombs, Andrew J. Cosgriff, Neil Crellin, Frank D. Cringle,
  5481. Geoffrey T. Dairiki, Andre Deparade, Ulrik Dickow, Dave Disser, Rui-Tao
  5482. Dong, Joev Dubach, Michael Welsh Duggan, Dave Edmondson, Paul Eggert,
  5483. Mark W. Eichin, Karl Eichwalder, Enami Tsugutomo, Michael Ernst, Luc
  5484. Van Eycken, Sam Falkner, Nelson Jose dos Santos Ferreira, Sigbjorn
  5485. Finne, Sven Fischer, Paul Fisher, Decklin Foster, Gary D. Foster, Paul
  5486. Franklin, Guy Geens, Arne Georg Gleditsch, David S. Goldberg,
  5487. Michelangelo Grigni, Dale Hagglund, D. Hall, Magnus Hammerin, Kenichi
  5488. Handa, Raja R. Harinath, Yoshiki Hayashi, P. E. Jareth Hein, Hisashige
  5489. Kenji, Scott Hofmann, Tassilo Horn, Marc Horowitz, Gunnar Horrigmo,
  5490. Richard Hoskins, Brad Howes, Miguel de Icaza, François Felix Ingrand,
  5491. Tatsuya Ichikawa, Ishikawa Ichiro, Lee Iverson, Iwamuro Motonori,
  5492. Rajappa Iyer, Andreas Jaeger, Adam P. Jenkins, Randell Jesup, Fred
  5493. Johansen, Gareth Jones, Greg Klanderman, Karl Kleinpaste, Michael
  5494. Klingbeil, Peter Skov Knudsen, Shuhei Kobayashi, Petr Konecny, Koseki
  5495. Yoshinori, Thor Kristoffersen, Jens Lautenbacher, Martin Larose,
  5496. Seokchan Lee, Joerg Lenneis, Carsten Leonhardt, James LewisMoss,
  5497. Christian Limpach, Markus Linnala, Dave Love, Mike McEwan, Tonny Madsen,
  5498. Shlomo Mahlab, Nat Makarevitch, Istvan Marko, David Martin, Jason R.
  5499. Mastaler, Gordon Matzigkeit, Timo Metzemakers, Richard Mlynarik, Lantz
  5500. Moore, Morioka Tomohiko, Erik Toubro Nielsen, Hrvoje Niksic, Andy
  5501. Norman, Fred Oberhauser, C. R. Oldham, Alexandre Oliva, Ken Olstad,
  5502. Masaharu Onishi, Hideki Ono, Ettore Perazzoli, William Perry, Stephen
  5503. Peters, Jens-Ulrik Holger Petersen, Ulrich Pfeifer, Matt Pharr, Andy
  5504. Piper, John McClary Prevost, Bill Pringlemeir, Mike Pullen, Jim Radford,
  5505. Colin Rafferty, Lasse Rasinen, Lars Balker Rasmussen, Joe Reiss, Renaud
  5506. Rioboo, Roland B. Roberts, Bart Robinson, Christian von Roques, Markus
  5507. Rost, Jason Rumney, Wolfgang Rupprecht, Jay Sachs, Dewey M. Sasser,
  5508. Conrad Sauerwald, Loren Schall, Dan Schmidt, Ralph Schleicher, Philippe
  5509. Schnoebelen, Andreas Schwab, Randal L. Schwartz, Danny Siu, Matt
  5510. Simmons, Paul D. Smith, Jeff Sparkes, Toby Speight, Michael Sperber,
  5511. Darren Stalder, Richard Stallman, Greg Stark, Sam Steingold, Paul
  5512. Stevenson, Jonas Steverud, Paul Stodghill, Kiyokazu Suto, Kurt Swanson,
  5513. Samuel Tardieu, Teddy, Chuck Thompson, Tozawa Akihiko, Philippe Troin,
  5514. James Troup, Trung Tran-Duc, Jack Twilley, Aaron M. Ucko, Aki Vehtari,
  5515. Didier Verna, Vladimir Volovich, Jan Vroonhof, Stefan Waldherr, Pete
  5516. Ware, Barry A. Warsaw, Christoph Wedler, Joe Wells, Lee Willis, and
  5517. Lloyd Zusman.
  5518. For a full overview of what each person has done, the ChangeLogs
  5519. included in the Gnus alpha distributions should give ample reading
  5520. (550kB and counting).
  5521. Apologies to everybody that I've forgotten, of which there are many,
  5522. I'm sure.
  5523. Gee, that's quite a list of people. I guess that must mean that
  5524. there actually are people who are using Gnus. Who'd'a thunk it!
  5525. 
  5526. File: gnus, Node: New Features, Prev: Contributors, Up: History
  5527. 11.2.8 New Features
  5528. -------------------
  5529. * Menu:
  5530. * ding Gnus:: New things in Gnus 5.0/5.1, the first new Gnus.
  5531. * September Gnus:: The Thing Formally Known As Gnus 5.2/5.3.
  5532. * Red Gnus:: Third time best---Gnus 5.4/5.5.
  5533. * Quassia Gnus:: Two times two is four, or Gnus 5.6/5.7.
  5534. * Pterodactyl Gnus:: Pentad also starts with P, AKA Gnus 5.8/5.9.
  5535. * Oort Gnus:: It's big. It's far out. Gnus 5.10/5.11.
  5536. * No Gnus:: Very punny.
  5537. These lists are, of course, just _short_ overviews of the _most_
  5538. important new features. No, really. There are tons more. Yes, we
  5539. have feeping creaturism in full effect.
  5540. 
  5541. File: gnus, Node: ding Gnus, Next: September Gnus, Up: New Features
  5542. 11.2.8.1 (ding) Gnus
  5543. ....................
  5544. New features in Gnus 5.0/5.1:
  5545. * The look of all buffers can be changed by setting format-like
  5546. variables (*note Group Buffer Format:: and *note Summary Buffer
  5547. Format::).
  5548. * Local spool and several NNTP servers can be used at once (*note
  5549. Select Methods::).
  5550. * You can combine groups into virtual groups (*note Virtual
  5551. Groups::).
  5552. * You can read a number of different mail formats (*note Getting
  5553. Mail::). All the mail back ends implement a convenient mail
  5554. expiry scheme (*note Expiring Mail::).
  5555. * Gnus can use various strategies for gathering threads that have
  5556. lost their roots (thereby gathering loose sub-threads into one
  5557. thread) or it can go back and retrieve enough headers to build a
  5558. complete thread (*note Customizing Threading::).
  5559. * Killed groups can be displayed in the group buffer, and you can
  5560. read them as well (*note Listing Groups::).
  5561. * Gnus can do partial group updates--you do not have to retrieve the
  5562. entire active file just to check for new articles in a few groups
  5563. (*note The Active File::).
  5564. * Gnus implements a sliding scale of subscribedness to groups (*note
  5565. Group Levels::).
  5566. * You can score articles according to any number of criteria (*note
  5567. Scoring::). You can even get Gnus to find out how to score
  5568. articles for you (*note Adaptive Scoring::).
  5569. * Gnus maintains a dribble buffer that is auto-saved the normal Emacs
  5570. manner, so it should be difficult to lose much data on what you
  5571. have read if your machine should go down (*note Auto Save::).
  5572. * Gnus now has its own startup file (`~/.gnus.el') to avoid
  5573. cluttering up the `.emacs' file.
  5574. * You can set the process mark on both groups and articles and
  5575. perform operations on all the marked items (*note
  5576. Process/Prefix::).
  5577. * You can list subsets of groups according to, well, anything (*note
  5578. Listing Groups::).
  5579. * You can browse foreign servers and subscribe to groups from those
  5580. servers (*note Browse Foreign Server::).
  5581. * Gnus can fetch articles, asynchronously, on a second connection to
  5582. the server (*note Asynchronous Fetching::).
  5583. * You can cache articles locally (*note Article Caching::).
  5584. * The uudecode functions have been expanded and generalized (*note
  5585. Decoding Articles::).
  5586. * You can still post uuencoded articles, which was a little-known
  5587. feature of GNUS' past (*note Uuencoding and Posting::).
  5588. * Fetching parents (and other articles) now actually works without
  5589. glitches (*note Finding the Parent::).
  5590. * Gnus can fetch FAQs and group descriptions (*note Group
  5591. Information::).
  5592. * Digests (and other files) can be used as the basis for groups
  5593. (*note Document Groups::).
  5594. * Articles can be highlighted and customized (*note Customizing
  5595. Articles::).
  5596. * URLs and other external references can be buttonized (*note
  5597. Article Buttons::).
  5598. * You can do lots of strange stuff with the Gnus window & frame
  5599. configuration (*note Window Layout::).
  5600. 
  5601. Local Variables:
  5602. coding: iso-8859-1
  5603. End: